Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutNeal Electric Inc; 2009-12-14; 5009-BCARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B BID NO. PWS10-03ENG oRevised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 1 of 108 Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids '. 6 Contractor's Proposal 10 Bid Security Form 15 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 16 Guide for Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form 18 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 20 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 21 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation 22 Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 23 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 24 Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 26 Contract Public Works 27 Labor and Materials Bond 33 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 35 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 37 0Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 2 of 108 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms 40 1-2 Definitions 40 1-3 Abbreviations 45 1-4 Units of Measure 48 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 50 2-2 Assignment 50 2-3 Subcontracts 50 2-4 Contract Bonds 51 2-5 Plans and Specifications 52 2-6 Workto be Done 55 2-7 Subsurface Data 55 2-8 Right-of-Way 55 2-9 Surveying 56 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer 59 2-11 Inspection 60 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor 60 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 60 3-3 Extra Work 62 3-4 Changed Conditions 64 3-5 Disputed Work 65 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship 68 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage 72 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location 72 5-2 Protection 73 5-3 Removal 73 5-4 Relocation 74 5-5 Delays 74 5-6 Cooperation 75 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work 75 6-2 Prosecution of Work 79 6-3 Suspension of Work 79 6-4 Default by Contractor 79 6-5 Termination of Contract 80 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time 80 6-7 Time of Completion 81 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty 82 6-9 Liquidated Damages 82 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction 83 Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 3 of 108 Pages Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 83 7-2 Labor 83 7-3 Liability Insurance 83 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance 84 7-5 Permits 84 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 84 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 85 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 85 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 87 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 87 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 94 7-12 Advertising 94 7-13 Lawsto beObserved 94 7-14 Antitrust Claims 94 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel 8-1 General 95 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 95 9-2 Lump Sum Work 95 9-3 Payment 95 9-4 Bid Items 98 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2 AND 3 Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products 99 200-2 Untreated Base Materials 99 Section 203 Bituminous Materials 203-6 Asphalt Concrete 101 203-11 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) Wet Process 102 Section 213 Engineering Fabrics 213-3 Erosion Control Specialties 102 Part 3 Construction Methods Section 302 Roadway Surfacing 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement 102 302-13 Asphalt Pavement Repairs and Remediation 103 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. Worksite 105 2. Storage & Material Equipment 105 3. Preservation of Existing Improvements, Restoration of Work Site & Disposal of Waste Materials 105 4. Specified Model Numbers 106 5. Location of Equipment & Ambient Enyironmental Conditions 106 6. Equipment Performance Documentation 106 7. Operations & Maintenance Manual and Training 106 8. Reference Documents 108 9. Safety Requirement of Equipment Furnished by Contractor 108 10. Order of Work 108 Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 4 of 108 Pages TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01500 Start-up Field Testing, and Acceptance of Equipment DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Reinforcement Steel 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete (Renumber City Std.) DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16040 Short Circuit/Coordination Study 16050 Basic Electrical 16400 Distribution Switchboards & Motor Control Centers 16420 Solid State Motor Controllers 16500 Variable Frequency Drives DIVISION 17 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL 17000 General Instrumentation & Control Components APPENDIX Appendix A Standard Plans for Public Works Const. Chain Link Fence & Gate 600-2 Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 5 of 108 Pages CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS UNTIL 2:00 PM ON SEPTEMBER 10, 2009, the Carlsbad Municipal Water District (District) shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: Electrical switch gear for 3 pumping units and installation of new upper and lower gates. MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B BID NO. PWS10-03ENG INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the District to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the District or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Parts 2 & 3, current edition at time of bid opening and the supplements thereto as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc. all hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. A•^ Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 6 of 108 Pages The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - (optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $331,000.00. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the District by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the District. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: C10. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 7 of 108 Pages OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $25.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The Carlsbad Municipal Water District reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the District's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. PRE BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 8 of 108 Pages ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the District until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the District may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The District does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the District is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the District may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, California, by Resolution No. 1366, adopted on the 28™ day of July, 2009. July 30, 2009 Date Deputy City Clerl Publish Date: August 4, 2009 Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 9 of 108 Pages CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL Board of Directors Carlsbad Municipal Water District 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No, 5009-A in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: Item No. Description 1 Mobilization, demobilization, and preparatory work at a stipulated lump sum of Fifteen Thousand Dollars Approximate Quantity And Unit LS Unit Price (Figures! $15,000.00 Total Amount (Figures) $15,000.00 Furnish and install electrical switchgear for three (3) pumping units including removal and disposal of existing electrical switchgear and installation of VFD, soft starter, controls, relay, lights, doors, switches, contactors, and all required work and appurtenances for the equipment to function, all in accordance with the Contract Documents TlQO (Price in Words) Furnish and install upper gate and all related appurtenances and work for a fully working Revised 5/01/08 US S\55 LS $ 12...00 Contract No. 5009-6 Page 10 of 108 Pages Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description And Unit (Figures) (Figures) gate, all in accordance with the Contract Documents (Unit Price in Words)! 4 Furnish and install lower gate LS $5,720-00 and fence, and all related work and appurtenances for a fully working gate, all in accordance with the Contract Documents OPENED, WITNESSED AND RECORDED: mDATE &L (Price in Words) L Total amount of bid in words: Q^£ yluuOfcjdE EibHT^ £ibHT Total amount of bid in numbers: $ Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) Note). ) ( c~ (JS has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the District will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the District may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 80_2_588 , classification C1° which expires on 12/31/2009 , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the District by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the District § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows; 1. That no Board member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no Revised 5/01/03 Contract No. 5009-B Page 11 of 108 Pages representation, oral or in writing, of the Board of Directors, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is Bid Bond (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business __ (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No, (5) E-Mail IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted. (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. (5) E-Mail Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 12 of 108 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted Neal Electric Corp. dba Nealectric inc Secretary and Assistant Treasurer (Title) (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of California Impress Corporate Seal here (4) Place of Business 13250 Kirkham Way City and State Poway' CA (Street and Number) (5) Zip Code 92064 Telephone No. 858-513-2525 (6) E-Mail j vanbenschoten@nealelectric . com NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 13 of 108 Pages List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Luis Armona - CEO/ Assistant Secretary Clark Thompson - COO/President Cas Wesolowski - Sr. VP Alex Meruelo - Treasurer Harry Schirer - Secretary/Assistant Treasurer Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 14 of 108 Pages BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, in the sum of dollars ($ ), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the District, provided this proposal shall be accepted by the District through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the District if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. BIDDER *Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) Am¥ Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 15 of 108 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B • KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: ; . ,. Fidelity and Deposit That we, P" " . as Principal, and Company of Maryland . as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Cartabad Municipal Water District, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) ten perr.eni- of hiH for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these ; presents. *dba Nealectric, Inc. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that If the proposal of the above- : bounden Principal for.i MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE . CONTRACT NO. 5009-B in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the Board of Directors, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of aaid award, then this obligation shall become null and vokj; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said District Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-6 Page 16 of 108 Pages In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this I7t-h day of Sept._, 20 09. PRINeaal El^ctpfo'Corp.^J«rTfeaJ^ctric Inc. (name By: (print name here) Secretary and Assistant Treaserer (Title and Organization of Signatory) (sign here) (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this. Of S f n f p m h p r 14th .day SURETY;Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland (name of Surety) 801 N. Brand Blvd., Penthouse ..Gl end ale, CA 91203 (address of Surety) 818-409-2800 (signature of Attomey-in-Fad) Crist in Nolette (printed name of Attomey-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached,) (President or vice-pre$ident and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations, rf only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General counsel By:, Deputy General Counsel Revised 5/01/08 Conir&d No. 5QQ9-B Page 17 of 108 Pages EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this 14th day of September , 2009 « Assistant Secretary CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of County of California Orange On September 14, 2009 before me,Suzan M. Martinez, Notary Public NAME personally appeared _Cristin Nolette_ NAME OF SIGNER SUZAN M. MARTINEZ Commission # 1 794545 Notary public - California Orange County 2 MyComm.B<plre8Maf29.2012 I who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I, certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. • /j (SIGNATURE OF NOTARY) OPTIONAL Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent reattachment of this form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER PI INDIVIDUAL CORPORATE OFFICER TITLE(S) | [ PARTNER(S) ["""] LIMITED I I GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT NUMBER OF PAGES ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, TRUSTEE(S) GUARDIAN/PO~NSERVATOR OTHER DATE OF DOCUMENT SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAME OF PERSON(S) OR ENTITY(IES) SIGNER OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego On 9/17/09 Date personally appeared. before me, Victoria A. Jesse, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Harry Schirer Nnme(s) oi Signer(s) VICTORIA A. JESSE 1725044 who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/afe subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/ohoAhoy executed the same in his/hor/thoir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hor/thoir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS myi hand and official s^ai, (ji&tnt£ Place Notary Sea! Above Signature OPTIONAL - 'MjU Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment ot this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title orType pf Document: Document Datfe Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: >er of Pages: _ Capacity(ies) Claimfed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Individual Corporate Officer — Title, Partner — D Limitedxtj General Attorney in Trustee H Guardiaj^br Conservator D Othi Signer Is Representing:.... Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s):. D Partner — G Limited D General^ Fact D Trustee C Guardian or Conservator U Other: Signer Is Representing:. Top ol thumb here ©2007 National Notary Association • 9350 Oe Solo Ave., P.O.Box 2402'Chatswor!rilCA 9(313-2402 -www.NationalNotary.org Item *590? Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-WO876-6827 89/17/2089 15:21 8585133026 NEAL ELECTRIC PAGE 02/02 Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Neal Electric Corp, May 14,2008 The undersigned, being at! the Directors of Neat Electric Corp,, a Delaware corporation registered to do business in California as Nealectric, trie., by unanimous consent in writing and without the formality of convening a meeting, individually and jointly consent to the following action of this Corporation: Resolved: 1. That the office of Vice President Operations previously held by Nick Bernabe prior to the termination of his employment shall remain vacant until further action of the board, 2. The following persons are authorized to execute any a nd al I documents necessary for bidding or contracting work on behalf of this Corporation: Name Luis A, Armona Clark Thompson CasimiSr Wcsolowski Alex Mcrucln Harry Schirer Office Chief Executive Officer/1 Asst Secretary President / Chief Operating Officer Sr> Vice President Treasurer Secretary / Asst Treasurer IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Action by Unanimous Written Consent as of May 14, 2008. DIRECTORS: Alex Mcruc Luis A. Armona GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. Bid Items 3: Upper Gate and 4: Lower Gate are designated as specialty items. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor- installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the District of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 18 of 108 Pages Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the Board of Directors in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the Board of Directors shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. mf Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 19 of 108 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO, 5009-B The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work P^W i'lntfD Subcontractor Name and Location of Business ^ro^-fWjs H2-/VD , -^nc . £0b /Wei-f Sf; *tA -S**v\ T^uec'k C/3 °i3£>~~i \ Subcontractor's License No. and Classification* S/3M.& fL,-t^ Amount of Work by Subcontractor In Dollars* j. 4/^9^0,°° Page ( of.. pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in lh« "Notice Inviting Bids." Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 20 of 108 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed 2009 2002 2009 2008 2006 2004 2009 Name and Address of the Employer an Diego County Water Authority677 Overland Ave . an Diego, CA 92123 ity of San Diego02 C St., qan qipao. CA 92101 4677 Overland Ave. Helix Water District7811 University Ave. .a Mpsa . TA 91 941 )tay water District554 Sweetwater Springs Blvd. Sncina Waste Water District™oo Avenfoa Enemas arlsbad, CA 92011 Metropolitan Waste water District700 North Alameda St. Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract Michael Stift 858-522-6800 Marilyn Bradlord 619-236-5555 Michael Stilt 858-522-6800 uarios Ljugo 619-466-0585 od Posada 19-670-2293 Dan Dalager fin-4^R-3941 jGmciry Kiyntuncjeir 213-217-6000 Type of Work Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Industrial Amount of Contract 14,000,217 11, 000,000 $3,300,000 $1,715,000 $1,280, 000 $1,188,500 $639, OOC Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 21 of 108 Pages BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page, 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: D Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 22 of 108 Pages Client#: 6608 NEALELEC ACORD,, CERTIFICATE OF LIABI PRODUCER Edgewood Partners Ins. Center Lic#OB29370 949-417-9175 Suzan 19000 Mac Arthur Blvd. Penthse Fl. Irvine, CA 92612 INSURED Meal Electric Corp. dba: Nealectric Inc 13250 Kirkham Way Poway, CA 92064 LITY INSURANCE SmfflST0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A National Union Fire of PA INSURER B Hartford Fire InsuranceCo INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: *10 day notice nonpay NAIC# COVERAGES MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR A A A A B ADD'L NSRt TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY X X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY | CLAIMS MADE | X | OCCUR BFPD/XCU Contractual Liabil. GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: | POLICY fxl JECT 1 1 LOG AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X X X X X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS Drive other car Comp & Coll GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY X | OCCUR 1 | CLAIMS MADE X DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ 10,000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS1 LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER Comm Prop Equipment Rented/Leased POLICY NUMBER GL4376236 CA8263411 Ded. $1,000 BE24508345 WC6988001 72UUMKR4885 POLICY EFFECTIVEDATE (MM/DD/YY) 10/31/09 10/31/09 10/31/09 10/31/09 10/31/09 POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MM/DD/YY) 10/31/10 10/31/10 10/31/10 10/31/10 10/31/10 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence! MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG BI/PD SIR COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT "THFPTHAN EAACC AUTO ONLY: AQG EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE WC STATU- OTH-X TORY I IMITS ER E.L EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 $100,000 $5,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $100,000 $1,000,000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $10,000,000 $10,000,000 $ $ $ $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $500,000 Max per item $10,000 Ded. $10,000 Ded. for Cranes Re: #5009-6, Maerkle Pump Station Upgrade. The City of Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers are included as an additional insured on the General Liability and Automobile Liability polcies per the attached endorsement(s). General Liability policy is primary and non-contributory per the attached endorsement. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Carlsbad, Public work Pure. Dept. Attn: Kevin Davis 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILLgKMMHgRXft MAIL *3fl DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFTXXKXXKKMXKXMXgXXKMXX gK«Barai«nxgMoxxKaxNX90xra^ MXXXSBtiDtXXKXX AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE^ ""> -7 /? p </ C'St&e&.XZdfatr-- ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 Of2 #M46347 © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25-S (2001/08) 2 of 2 #M46347 POLICY NUMBER:COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY GL4376236 CG 20 10 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s): The City of Information Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers Location(s) Of Covered Operations Re: #5009-B, Maerkle Pump Station Upgrade. required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) designated above. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 20 10 07 04 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 POLICY NUMBER:COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY GL4376236 CG 20 37 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s): Location And Description Of Completed Operations The City of Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers Re: #5009-B, Maerkle Pump Station Upgrade. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". CG 20 37 07 04 ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 THE ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement, effective 12:01 A.M., Oct. 31, 2009 forms part of Policy No. GL4376236 issued to Neal Electric Corp. by National Union Fire of PA PRIMARY COVERAGE FOR SPECIFIED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS NAMED AS ADDITIONALS - ONGOING AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Commercial General Liability Coverage Form The City of Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers Re: #5009-B, Maerkle Pump Station Upgrade. The following paragraph is added to SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED and applies only to persons or organizations we have added to your policy as additional insureds by endorsement to comply with insurance requirements of written contracts relative to: a) the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insureds; b) "your work" performed for the additional insureds and included in the "products- completed operations hazard: The insurance is primary over any similar insurance available to any person or organization we have added to this policy as an additional insured. However, this insurance is primary over any other similar insurance only if the additional insured is designated as a named insured in the Declarations of the other similar insurance. We will not require contribution of limits from the other similar insurance if the insurance afforded by this endorsement is primary. This insurance is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis, if it is not primary as defined in the paragraph above. All other terms and conditions of the policy are the same. ^JinpeCa <Rg66itt Authorized Representative 90533 (3/06) Policy : CA8263411 Commercial Auto Insured's Name: Neal Electric Corp. dba Nealectric Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE REEAD IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED - DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Person or Organization The City of Carlsbad, its officials, employees and volunteers Re: #5009-8, Maerkle Pump Station Upgrade. WHO IS AN INSURED (section 11) is amended to include as an insured person or organization shown in the Schedule but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of a covered "auto". The insurance is primary over any similar insurance available to any person or organization we have added to this policy as an additional insured. However, this insurance is primary over any other similar insurance only if the additional insured is designated as a named insured in the Declarations of the other similar insurance. We will not require contribution of limits from the other similar insurance if the insurance afforded by this endorsement is primary. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION APPLIES Company Profile Page 1 of 1 Company Profile FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND 1400 AMERICAN LANE, 19TH FLOOR TOWER 1 SCHUAMBURG, IL 60196-1056 800-382-2150 Agent for Service of Process KAREN HARRIS, 2730 GATEWAY OAKS DRIVE SUITE 100 SACRAMENTO, CA 95833 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAICfc ! . 39306 - NAIC Group #: Q2L2 California Company ID #: 2479-4 Date authorized in California: January 01, 1982 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State ofDoraicae: MARYLAND Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossary. AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY CREDIT FIRE LIABILITY MARINE MISCELLANEOUS PLATE GLASS SPRINKLER SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - June 26, 2009 05:53 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co__prof_utl.get_co_prof?p_EID:=6217 12/03/2009 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? x yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two determents. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Neal Electric Cojp . (name of C^fitpactor) Inc. Harry Schirg^^ Secretary/Assistant Treasurer (print name/title) Page of pages of this Re Debarment form Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 23 of 1 08 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? yes 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?x yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. N/A (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page „ of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form oRevised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 24 of 108 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. N/A (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: Neal Electric Jgorp. dba Nealectric Inc. (name of Co/fractqr) Harry Schirer - Secretary/ Assistant Treasurer (print name/title) Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 25 of 108 Pages NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B State of California ) ) SS- County of ) Harry Schirer being first duly sworn, deposes (Name of Bidder) and says that he or she is Secretary/Assistant Treasurer (Title) of Neal Electric Corp. dba Nealectric Inc. (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is. not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was executed on the \ i*v\ day of -Sf , 20J2£L Signature <#-6idder Subscribed and sworn to before me on the ^day of , 20_ (NOTARY SEAL) / „ <2L, Signature of Notary oRevised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 26 of 108 Pages CALIFORNIA JURAT WITH AFFIANT STATEMENT Attached Document (Notary to cross out lines 1-6 below) .l See Statement Below (Lines 1-5 to be completed only by document signerfs], not Notary) Signature of Document Signer No. 1 Signature of Document Signer No. 2 (if any} State of California County of KERRI NEUMANN Commission # 1624326 Notary Public - California San Diego County My Comm. Expires Dec 21, Place Notary Seal Above Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of oe-pAe/v^ jaer" 20Q3_, by Date. (1)- Month Year Name of Signer proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person who appeared before me (.)/W/> (and Name of Signer proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person who appeared before me.) v* Signature Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Further Description of Any Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Number of Pages: RIGHTTHUMBPRINT OF SIGNER #1 Top of thumb here RIGHTTHUMBPRINT OF SIGNER #2 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: C?5G?je<JU<^i^ ©2007 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth. CA 91313-2402-www.NationalNotary.org Item #5910 Reorder: Call Toil-Free 1-800-876-6827 Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Neal Electric Corp. May 14, 2008 The undersigned, being all the Directors of Neal Electric Corp., a Delaware corporation registered to do business in California as Nealeetric, Inc., by unanimous consent in writing and without the formality of convening a meeting, individually and jointly consent to the following action ot this Corporation: Resoh cd: 1. That the office of Vice President Operations previously held by Nick Bernabe prior to the termination of his employment shall remain vacant until further action of the board 2. The following persons are authorized to execute any and all documents necessary tor bidding or contracting work on behalf of this Corporation: Name Luis A. Armona Clark Thompson Casimier Wesolowski Alex Meruelo Harry Sehirer Office Chief Executive Officer, Asst Secretary President Chief Operating Officer Sr. Vice President Treasurer Secretary Asst Treasurer LN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Action by Unanimous Written Consent as of Vlav 14, 2008. DIRECTORS: Luis A. Armoiiu Citv of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration August 12, 2009 ADDENDUM NO. 1 RE: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRAGE BID NO. PWS10-03ENG, CONTRACT NO. 5009-B Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum—receipt acknowledged—must be attached to your Request for Bid when your bid is submitted. KEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator Attachment I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Bidder's Signature 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 • (760) 6O2-4677 - FAX (760) 6O2-8562 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE Bid No. PWS10-03ENG Addendum No. 1 From: Eva Plajzer, Project Manager Phone: (760)602-2787 Fax: (760) 602-8562 No. of Pages: 1 (including this page) Date: August 11, 2009 Bid Opening Date: September 10, 2009, 2:00 pm (unchanged) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Item 1. Page 7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES. Delete last sentence and add the following: The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A or C10. The contractor or his designated subcontractor shall demonstrate experience in installation of electrical switchgear, VFDs, soft starters, and other electrical features as described in the plans and specifications. Three (3) projects of similar scope over the last two (2) years with references and current contact information are required and must be listed in the Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience of this document. Any bid that fails to meet this requirement will result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Item 2. Bidders are directed to carefully review pages 18 and 19, the Guide for Completing the "Designation of Subcontractors" Form. Failure to meet requirements of paragraph 2 of page 18 will result in rejection of bids as non-responsive. Contract No. 5009-B Addendum No. 1 of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration August 24, 2009 ADDENDUM NO. 2 RE: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRAGE BID NO. PWS10-03ENG, CONTRACT NO. 5009-B Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be attached to your Request for Bid when your bid is submitted. KEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator Attachment ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 t) Bidder's Signature" 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 • (760) 602-4677 - FAX (760) 6O2-8562 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE Bid No. PWS10-03ENG Addendum No. 2 From: Eva Plajzer, Project Manager Phone: (760)602-2787 Fax: ' (760)602-8562 No. of Pages: 1 (including this page) Date: August 24, 2009 Bid Opening Date: September 10, 2009, 2:00 pm (unchanged) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Page 8. PRE BID MEETING. Delete sentence and replace with: A non-mandatory pre-bid site visit will be held at the Maerkle Pump station site. The site will be open from 10 am to 11 am on Thursday, September 3, 2009. Questions from bidders during the site visit will be logged and written responses provided via additional addenda. No responses will be provided during the site visit. Access the site from City of Vista at the end of Applewood Lane. Continue through gate as directed by signage or City staff. Contract No. 5009-B Addendum No. 2 of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration September 4, 2009 ADDENDUM NO. 3 o RE: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRAGE, PROJECT NO: 5009-B Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. Please note change in due date for the above-mentioned bid. New date for bid opening is: September 17, 2009 Time remains the same: 2:00 p.m. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. > s RHONDA HEATHER Associate Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 Bidder's Signature O 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92OO8-7314 • (760) 602-4677 - FAX <76O) 6O2-8562 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE Bid No. PWS10-03ENG Addendum No. 3 From: Eva Plajzer, Project Manager Phone: (760)602-2787 Fax: (760) 602-8562 No. of Pages: 19 (including this page) Date: September 4, 2009 Bid Opening Date: September 17, 2009, 2:00 pm (changed) A non-mandatory pre-bid site meeting was held at the Maerkle Pump station site on September 3, 2009. Below is a list of questions received at or before the meeting and responses. Question 1. Is the control logic drawing in the specification drawings, the original contract control drawing? Answer: No, the control logic shall be configured to match Drawings and the components shall be replaced as specified. Question 2. Can harmonic filters be located where the existing isolation transformers are located? (The transformers would not be needed) Answer: No, harmonic filters shall be installed in the MCC section. Question 3. If the control logic is not changing, and only the pilot devices on the doors are being changed, can the existing doors be used? Answer: The control logic is changing and the existing doors shall be replaced with new doors. Question 4. Is their scope outside of replacing the (3) VFDs and the controls/power for the new gate? Answer: The scope includes all work specified by the Contract Documents. Also see response to Bid Question No 9. Question 5. Vacuum contactors are for high cycling, high use application. Existing contactors are normal air break units. Can we use normal air break contactors? Answer: No, provide vacuum type contactors as specified. Contract No. 5009-B 1 Addendum No. 3 Question 6. Is the new chain link fence & gate at the "lower gate" area PVC coated? If so what color is to be provided? Answer: PVC coated wire mesh is not required for the lower gate. Question 7. On drawing E-2 several areas are bubbled on the drawing. Are these part of this contract or for reference only? Answer: Clouded (bubbled) areas are part of the base drawings by Dudek and Associates and represent existing facilities. Contract work items are listed in the Material, Equipment, and Work Descriptions for Drawing E-2 and E-3 list and are denoted by numbered circles on the Drawing. Refer to the attached selected sheets from CMWD 89-109 Maerkle Pump Station and Disinfection Facilities Drawing for existing facilities. Question 8. Is it planned/anticipated that UL will be brought out to re-certify the MCC after the VFD replacement is complete? Answer: There is not a requirement for UL to re-certify the MCC after the VFD replacement. Question 9. Any new motors, switchgear or enclosures? Will there be any new pads and is the ATS new? Answer: There is a general description of work on Drawing C-1. In general, the work includes replacing the upper gate and installing additional controls to the existing gate operator, replacing the lower gate, and replacing the switch gear (VFDs, soft starts, and contactors) at the pump station. There are no new ATS, motors, or enclosures included; however, the VFD enclosure doors shall be replaced. Question 10. Contract drawing E-2 note 1 indicates the removal and replacement of the existing VFD and soft starts utilizing the existing MCC structure. Specification section 16400 indicates the requirement to provide new distribution switchboards, motor control centers and utility service equipment. Which one is it? Answer: The Drawings define the specific work required. Question 11. Are the notes regarding the main metering section shown on E-2 part of this project? Answer: Contract work items are listed in the Material, Equipment, and Work Descriptions for Drawing E-2 and E-3 list and are denoted by numbered circles on the Drawing. The notes on the main metering section are part of the base drawings for the original construction. Refer to the attached selected sheets from CMWD 89-109 Maerkle Pump Station and Disinfection Facilities Drawing for existing facilities. Question 12. Please clarify the extent of the removal and replacement. Answer: Please see answer to Question 11. Question 13. If the replacement is only related to the VFD's and soft starts is the short circuit/coordination study specified in Section 16040 required? Contract No. 5009-B Addendum No. 3 Answer: The short circuit study is required. Question 14. Drawing E-2 includes Note 1 which states to use existing isolation transformer, but the VFD specification states 18-pulse. These are typically mutually exclusive. Answer: The specifications allow for 6-pulse, 12-pulse, or 18-pulse VFD's. If 18-pulse drives are proposed and meet the IEEE harmonic requirements then harmonics filters are not required. If 18-pulse drives are proposed then the existing isolation transformers do not have to be connected to. Question 15. Drawing E-2 includes Note 9 which states to provide line reactors and harmonic filters, but VFD specification states 18-pulse. These are typically mutually exclusive. Answer: The specifications allow for 6-pulse, 12-pulse, or 18-pulse VFD's. If 18-pulse drives are proposed and meet the IEEE harmonic requirements then harmonics filters are not required. If 18-pulse drives are proposed then the existing isolation transformers do not have to be connected to. Question 16. VFD Specification 16500 states 18-pulse VFDs, but also includes language regarding harmonic filters, etc. Again, these are typically mutually exclusive. Answer: The specifications allow for 6-pulse, 12-pulse, or 18-pulse VFD's. If 18-pulse drives are proposed and meet the IEEE harmonic requirements then harmonics filters are not required. If 18-pulse drives are proposed then the existing isolation transformers do not have to be connected to. Question 17. Drawing E-2 indicates that the existing MCC is an Allen-Bradley Centerline 2100 and that the enclosure is to remain. In that Allen-Bradley is our solution brand name, it would be helpful if you could inform us of the existing serial number associated with that MCC. If required, I could visit the site in order to obtain that. Answer: We do not have the serial numbers for the existing MCC panel. Question 18. Do you want to salvage the newer Mitsubishi drive? Answer: Yes. Contract No. 5009-B Addendum No. 3 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT CONSTRUCTION OF MAERKLE PUMP STATION AND DISINFECTION FACILITIES VICINITY MAP N.T.S. LOCATION MAP N.T.S. BOARD OF DIRECTORS INDEX TO DRAWINGS CLAUDE A. 'BUD' LEWIS ANN KULGHIN ERIC LARSON MARGARET STANTON JULIE NYGAARD ALETHA L. RAUTENKRANZ - VINCENT F. BIONDO, JR. RAY PATCHETT ROBERT GREANEY BOB COATES MAYOR (PRESIDENT) MAYOR PRO TEM (VICE PRESIDENTI COUNCIL MEMBER COUNCIL MEMBER COUNCIL MEMBER SECRETARY COUNSEL EXECUTIVE MANAGER GENERAL MANAGER DISTRICT ENGINEER SHT, NO. DWG. NO.DESCRIPTION THROUGHOUT THESE PLANS ALL REFERENCES TO "SQUIRES'SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS WEANING 'MAERKLE', AND ALLREFERENCES TO 'COSTA REAL" SHALL BE CONSTRUED ASWEANING 'CARLSBAD'. DUDEK&ASSOCIATES, me. UPPEB CULMINATION BtltdNO TUN, SECTIONS.uppEncHLOHif«TioNBUiujiNQ*ecriOKr - - PUUC STATION ANO FlOWMETEfl VAULT n.PUMP BTATION AND FLOWMETEH VAULT BE iTION, OENEHATQH. ELECJfllCAL CHLORINATION. QENEBATOR, tLECTRICAl.-OOBFlAN HUNG PLANS_ . __ JNBULWNa.SECnONSVJDOETAILS ER CHLORINATION BfJLDINO, GECTIONS AMD DETAILS EQUIPMENT BUHaNOUGHTlNaA, COKTHOLDIAQIIAUS •AS BUILT" SEE SHT. 0-1 FOR BENCHMARK AND NOTES CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT MAERKtE PUMP STATIONAND DISINFECTION FACILITY TITLE SHEET G-1 CMWD 80-109 .GENERAL NOTES:. S), AND THE 5*M DIEOO BESION"- SI LL EOfillNfl UANMOIES. PUUBOXES, CtEAN-OUTS. BLOW-OF RESPONSIBLE FOB CONSTRUCTION. IN: I ELD AT THE'SITE A MINIMUM OF SEVEN DAYS ft SUPERVISION, IEST1WO AND ALL OTHER IGRADING NOTES: APPROPRIATE AGEHQE3. "i£ PERCENT [IK) SLOtt 'EXCAVATION SAFETY NOTES: N, CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN43 SJHOWHG, AMD S HALLS E 'EROSION CONTROL NOTES:ABBREVIATIONS LIST .(MALLPHOVBEEflaSION CONTKX.M Ami VAC APPRO* IS COMPLETED 1ETWEEN CK __ . EHAINY SEASON (OCTOBER OBSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ON THE Pfl&JECT, BONTIUCTOR IKtli 1UMMN WDROSKpwG EQUIPMENT AND WOflKfM FOR IQ.ALLNtCES COHC. com-' BRAKE HORiEPOWEft BOTTOMBLOW-OFFCALCULATEDCORRUOATED ALUMINUM P11 CAST IN PLACE-USUALLY' CEHTEHUHgCLEAN CHLORINE CONCRETECONNECTION UECMANCAL JOINT 3fl SHJUJ- RESTORE AIL EHOSfON COMTROl DEW nEDOOMO OR REDL REINFORCEMENT ALL EROSION OOWBOL MEAUJHEB Pf EACHECCEHTTHCELEVATIOM EVAPOMTOM IT *P€CIF[CATIONS [[ * WIOJECT PERIMCTEH UUCT OS WATER LINE NOTES: i NTS OF CC»<NECTION TO tXISTBW PIPES ABE 9IVEH TO CENTCR U 10 BEFORE FABWCATIWOf THE PU-E.! EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PIPING IDENTIFICATION ' I WATER UNCJ SHOWN TO «E ABAMDONCO IHAU K REUOV1SECTIONS AND STOCKPILED EI1HER ON-tlTE OK AT THE Oljm KEAL A3 SELECTED BYTHE ttBTRlCT. OH DISPOSED OF OFFSI UTILITY NOTES: 1. ATTENTION It DIRECTED T 4E CONTRACTOR. At UK INTAKE WT AIR RELEASE VtMCHLOWNATOHCHLoRiueaFrui.CHLOMNEIKJECTOMPUMPCONTT"" EWJ"ORATO FLOWUCTEH WISTMETEUJNO ruur av CH.OHINE VACUUMWl WAINEE ENGINE EWAJST "AS BUILT' LEGEND DETAIL IDENTIFICATION V o-t y-1 - •DUDEK& ' "" ' •ASSOCIATES. INC. BENCH MARK CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATIONJAJJP DISINFECTION FACILITIES GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, AND LEGEND /*^£ &ru^ / DlBlikl Enjluier G-2 CHWD B9-109 OPERATING MODE 1 NORMAL OPERATION OPERATING MODE 2 MAXIMUM RESERVOIR CIRCULATION DECI&MFECTION UNO COWAC OPERATING MODE 3 MAERKLE I DRAWDOWN WTO3H WATER, II" EMCTGENW. DRAW RESEHVOi" OOWM AS HEEOED. MAX. MJU^ STATION HORSEPOWER OCCURS II AS RESERVOIR EMPTIES. UE UOOf 1 C0MUENTI ME- OPERATING MODE + FILL MAERKLE I FROM SYSTEM THIS WOULD K DOME OH AN EUSHOEHCV BASIS. Ol WOULD PERSIST. OPERATING MODE 5A BYPASS MAERKLE I RESERVOIR . HO llPPLEUEHTAi. D COULD BE M OPERATING MODE BB ftECtRCULATE MAERKL6 1 IN ISOLATION' ro*si*c.E TC BUILOfNMTC 1 -Qr==:.:-=fcs:T-I tasniWo OPERATING MODE 6 FLOAT TANK ON SYSTEM N3 SUPPLEUEWAL DISINFECTION REOUIBEt FROM SAN DIEGO COUNTY WATER AUTHORITY CARLSBAD TAP 3 CONNECTION (SDCWA/C3) SUGGESTED PRINCIPAL VALVE STATUS O3EE MC-NGRUAU.YO.OSfD E-OPCN D-6ZIO TO MAERKLE 1 RESERVOIR LEGEND WATER PIPELINES (NEW) INJECTION WATER SUPPIV CHLORINE CAS/SOLUTION VALVE |.D. NUMBER (NEW) EOUIPEMEXT I.D. NUMBER (NEW) VALVE I.D. NUMBER (EXIST.) eOUPEUENT I.D. NUMBER REDUCING STATION PUMPS: P-01. P-02, P-03. P-04 - NOMINAL CAPACITY 5625 GPM EA. (3 DUTY. 1 STANDBY) . SYSTECURVE 0 2500 5000 7500 10000 13300 15000 175DO 20000 22500 250OO 37500 300OO FLOW GPM MAERKLE RESERVOIR AND PUMP STATION SYSTEM AND PUMP CURVES TO CMWD DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM NOTE: SEE MECHANICAL AND CML SHEETS FOR ACTUAL LINE LOCATIONS AND DIFFERENTIATION BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING LINES. UPPER CHLORINE FEED SCHEMATIC "AS BUILT" ^ l/2nf_ri^}t 4/O6/9a 3/31/of V DAS S-So^tOATl SIEWQI L D€E!HNC RIX 36S14 DP. 3-31- DE9GN : 1 OCN HERDE CHECKED : S.L DEEDING DUDEKi ASSOQATES. INC. R«ofd From CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PUMP STATION AND CHEMICAL FfeED SYSTEM SCHEMATIC G-5 CMWD 89-109 PUMP STATION BUILDING POWER AND INSTRUMENTATION PLAN -44- J OUTSIDE Of BUILDING CONTROL DIAGRAM - CHLORINE DETECTOR SYSTEM - PUMP STATION BUILDING_- TYPICAL FOa UPPEH CHLORIKArtON 6WL»K-CSaSlM8) LJ CONTROL DIAGRAM - SF-01 DUDEKtASSOCIATES, we. CONTROL DIAGRAM - SOLUTION PUMPS (SP-01) _ 1YPK*L fofl SP-02,MP-OI "AS BUILT" , CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER QISTftlCTl ENOINEERINQ DEPARTMENT UXERKLE PUUP STATION MD DISINFECTION FtCIUnES CONTROL DIAORAMS: E-9 CMWD 89-100' A\ CONTROL DIAGRAM - P-Ol _ 7 npiCAJT TOR p-ot, p-os. P-M CONDUIT SCHEDULE SYUEWl J___ ^ 7 g 9 12 3 "Ts IB [7 9 "~T — 2 3 1 26 25 9 2 9 , 2 --£ S 48 49 50 51 53 54 55 56 57 SB 59 60 62 £&-64 -, 1 * ONDUtT — ^ (- V -^ I- 1 ~~T 1-1/2' y i-i/f i' -~ )• 1-1/2- J.J/L-J ri-i/r 1-1/2"r 3' 3J r r 3* 3" __ I' rr r ~ ]• 2"1' 2' I' r _•P/[•_« — WIRE CONDUIT ONLY CONDUIT ONLY 2/12. 1f12G 3/3. 1/SC 3/4/0 I/IG 3-2/M16 5H IflZ, 1/12G I/1I. 1/12G 3/fl, I/SG CONDUIT OMLY i,3. I/6G 3/?0C^'f^G3/12. 1/12C 3-2/C/16SH 3f3SOMCM, /3G 3/350UCM. {K J/J50UCM. /3C 3.3SDUCM, /3G 3/350WCV, flC 3J350MCU, £JG 3/J50UCU. ,IG 3/J50UCM, /3C 2/12. 1/I2G 2/11, 1(120 TILL PER CONTROL RADIO CABLE 7-J/C/lflSH, 2/12. 1/I2G 2/12. I/I3C 7-I/C/lflSN. 2/12. 1/12G Z/12. 1/I2G 2/12, i|12G 4/11. U12C 7-3/C/iaSU. 2/12. 1/120 2/12, HUG FILL PER CONTROL 2/12, t/IIG4]tytf)i$&' 2/c/iBSH 2/C/I8SH tTn., A 1 MULLEN & /?/^~~w<m ASSOCIATES /1/fci.B Fro,,* Numh.r 89069 V^-TT DESCRIPTION POWF.it POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER CONTROL POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER CONTROL CONTROL POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POW£» CONTROL RADIO CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL POWER &%&{' INSTRUUENT ^feW$f INSTRUMENT | LOC* UTILITY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER PANEL 'PI'. CKT. 9 PANEL 'PI'. CKT. B PANEL "PI", CUT. 14 CIRCUIT BREAKER f2B CIRCUIT BREAKER J29 STARTER {B PB-1 PB-1 C-03 CIRCUIT BREAKER (S CIRCUIT BREAKER 1C, CIRCUIT BREAKER JS FUT. CIRCUIT BREAKER f9 STARTER £10 STARTER /1 2 STAKTER /I) C-OS C-OB STARTER ,' ISOLATION TRANSroRUH /I CIRCUIT BREAKER (18 STARTER (2 ISOLATION TRAMSFOfiUER /2 CIRCUIT BREAKER jZO PANEL "PI". CKT. 18,20.22 ISOLATION TRAHSFORUER /3 CIRCUII BREAKER «3 STARTER J_4 ISOLATION IRANSFOBUERJ4 CIRCUII BREAKER |25 PANEL "ft* CKT. 27 PANEL 'PI', CKT. 37 CP-t CP-2 UOTOR H PSH-04 UOTOR /2 PSL-02 PSH-02 PSL-Ot PSH-OI PSL-03 PSH-03 ATS GENERATOR PANEL 'fT. CKT. 5 •Mtf&&'0'/ff(i'sZ!$' PIT- 101 •^tfe^^fffefS,^' TON U ILIIV PULL SECTION ATS MCC GENERATOR Mify&llHte' EF01 £ 01 EFOI UPOt OVERHEAD CRANE (H-02) EVAPORATOR (EVAP-02) SCRUBBER UOTOR JC5-02) UCC-2 Af UPPER CHLORIHATIOH BLOC EXISTING USB AT PRESS. REDUCING S CP-I OVERHEAD CRANE H-01) EVAPORATOR (EVAP-01) A/C (UAC-OI) FUT. A/C (UAC-02) SCRUBBER UOTOR CS-Olj SOLUTION PUUP SP-OI) SOLUTION PUMP (SP-02) CP-I CP-1 UOTOR /I VFD/I ISOLATION TRANSFORMER /I UOTOR /2 ISOLATION TRANSFOREUER J2 PANEL "PJ" UOTOR /3 VFO /J ISOLATION TRANSFORUER /3 UOTOR /4 VTO H ISOLATION TRANSFORMER /4 CP-2 CPt {CONNECT TO UPS) UCC ROOF UOtJNTED AH ENNA STARTER CABINET /1 TARTER CABINET TARTER CABINET STARTER CABINET TARTER CABINET STARTER CABINET TARTER C5BINET TARTER CABINET TARTER CABINET TAUTER CABINET TARTER CABINET /. CC-) iP-1 r-04 #%#$&' CP-tfstf&y CP-I DRAWN : CA.D CHECKED ; LO" REMARKS EXISTING CONDUIT irulOL 72 73 75 ^77 78 79 BO SI B2 B3 86 S7 98 B9 ai 92 93 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 104 106 108 1O9 110 111 112 1(3 114 115 CONDUIT ' .i^ :^' 2-1/r ri' . ^DUDEK t i ([ASSOCIATES, INC. - | 1605 Third Street • Encinllu, CA 920Z* WIRE 2/C(ISSH J/1I. 1/12G 2/12. I/I2G •fftf%$t$P 3/13, 1/12G 2|I2. 1/I2G UI2 2112 2/C(18SJ) 2/CJ1BSH 2/C/1BSH 2-2/CJMSH __, 2-2/C/1BSH 2/C/18SH. 1/12. T/I2G iivo, iric (-2/C/1BSN. 10/12, If III 4-2/C/IBSH. 10/12. 1/1J 20-2/C/18SJI 2|I2, I/I2G 2/12. III1C */!!. 1/125 4/12, 1/IJC tin. 1/120 !M. 1/I2G 2/12. If (1C2/12. 1/1ZG FIU PER CONTROL fILL PER CONTROL 2/12. 1/12C 3/4. 1/BG 3/2/0, I/« i/12. 1J12G 2/12. 1J1W 2/12. 1/120 DESCRIPTION INSTRUUEN POWER POWIR '%$&% POWER POWER POWER , CONTROL INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT IKSTRUWEN INSTRUMCN IN5TRUUEN INSTRUUEI POWER INSTRUUEN INSTRUUENT INSTRUUEN POWER POWER CONTROL POWER POWER CONTROL CONTROL POWER POWER CONTROL CONIROL POWER POWER POWER. POWER POWER POWtR POWER SCHEDULE LOCAT ON •ffl>&JW/£&X/%&' FE-J PANE "PI , 1 :r. ic PANE "PI , Cn. is ^UR^^i'fiK'^' PANEI PANEI "PI".- C "PI". C KT. 30 I(T. 28 BATTERY CHARGER INTRUSION SWITCHES INTRUSION SWICHCS ISOLATION TRANSUITTI : 3A (AT CP-!) ISOLATION tRANSUITTEIi It (AT CP-1) FE-2 fE- LEVEL TRANS UTER CABINET EXIS 'NG n-i CP-. PB- "cK~ PANEL "PI". CKT. 7 PANEL "PI", Ca. ii CHLORINE Omc ORS PANEL CHtOI IHIRU "rr, c « DETE ON SW T. i CTORS :HES SCRUBBER CONTROLS PANEL CS-02 •P2", C SCRUBB T. la NET CP- CP-I PANEL CKCU TRANS BREAK ORUER . 8 !(» CS-0 STARTER CABINE CS-0 PANEL PANEL STAflTE 'P2' « •P2' CK ^ aOijj^ D""'p'!°" A_PPro«,a _DOU_ CAB II . 9 T CP-I LIQUID SWITCHOVER SYSTEM LIP-D1 ^fi^Bt^WfcSS^' WATER JACKET HEATER BLOCK NEATER BATTERY CP-I C-01, C-02 UP-01 RESIDUAL AMALY2ER f~\ IP-1 X.STING PB-3 XISTINC P9-1 9-1 PB- P6- ET CKLOR 9 RfEl AlAf OR ANALYZER IB* tN£t U * AU FLASEros USB AT UPPUR CHLORINATIOM BUILDING "AS BUILT" ^&VrltA~ / (X^Z-rt-A.., 4/OS/9B Bt^'— "' " ^•'^° . DAT1 jSSEy&j &*>& iWSMCroir / S ' DATS REMARKS EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING CONDUIT .CARLSBAD! MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 43 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT *®( WAERKLE PUMP SUIKW AND DBIHFIcmH fACILIIIES CONDUIT SCHEDULE |T_-| •( CMWD 89-109 o7zMv*« PANEL Pi SCHEDULE < =*i. 20 20 «_ 20a_ — ja_ 10 .it. JO . 20 ~ ir i jj -i- _L i M. 177' 1 -f~ •n -J— 1 ~ — - — lonutn S J. *. S « S 1. 1. J D2 (l/« HP.l a_j jg_£-o«f-aigffLOmtOL OtlECTOBS Taia'ei^L t^ca^ito «£OF 11/4 MP.l P*HEL f S 5PABC _IQ «*«OUCOI FT-— ™--J^-^* — 1 PFf-IoZ ENGINE BLOCK Htl IF _a_ntJLS-*2Ea- v 11/b J". l»* SCO _}M_ ~WO~ ini4 -"• II«U 4£ [*^ 4K> Jt" irw(X> e jn. FT J5B_ itoo. IOT6I H.« "nT * ''" = "l" ™l£ /k - pholoctll on. KnMclaek offc - providt It hr 7 dpr llmtclock. lolW ilali praarammobk AT UPPER CHLOHJKATIOM flUlLCIKC iS?2M^,« PANEL P2 SCHEDULE «M. CM. 10 — 3 PJ3. M. — !a!_ii UJJ "•no. I HT »' " -J- T ' etM»i£.""Kapr^Lt5CHIORIXE DEFtCTO* CHLORINE DETECTORS SCBUBBtH CONIBOLS IPARt LEW DETECTOR 1URW SP*CI SPACE »r,e« J5( —*- too HOC '*?7 «H. TMO"no m Mtf JW [s=r 4535 H<L-"o" * ''" * "?i r^!,' FIXTURE SCHEDULE MOTE ALL FLUOHESCIHT FUTURES SHALL HAVE Ui EKEHGY SAVING BAtLAST, UNIVtSSAL. SLH OR EQUAl ^bo! ® © \1J5/ © duci-iplion WCL05EO AMD CASKETED POLTESTEH FIBEBCUSS FUTURE WITH CLEW HIGHIMPACT ACRYLIC LENS.Wt^ioetAEntocjp.nt Tff r^uoi^n rUKciJjHCE MUOOTlALf SJII-«W-PTS-1IOV-#«>»'»*ofr SUflFACE UOIM1ED HIGH IMPACT RESISTANT UCHT RHUHE 120V.POLrc*aaow*TE LENS. FUL-IATtf HUV-10M-IIDV •eiilii^fci* T»"6' t*!K&*T -SUBitAiS. rrVP- PRuw=AJ-n**.'i'**t'i - 4fs«.*- IT* - iw^-*t^ - ^t^-rr lomp Ill/CW mS 1-IOO« TII/OJ RS [T^T] MULLEN & L^ff3 INCORPORATED /^^^, L<" j'«,,«*DESIGN : CHC O..CKEO : u» DUDfiKi ASSOCIATES, we. (619)942.5147 Roc "AS BUILT" 26. 5U 3/3tAXI ^^ D*TB IHSPEi-iurtX/l^ DATE BENCH MARK a-lp tlon_^ "ifj""" 1^ 44 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 4^ UAEKKU PUUP STAT10M AND OlSINfECTIOM FACILITIES ^^^ tttf^S^ E~12, CMWO 89-109 D- /~ r-ai. /jf /~ / ^ /\bL|/& r JLJ_ 4ec-TI«^ '4 y*0 * 2 vFD - - &Le\».TiaJ MULLEN !> HSSOCinTfS electrtcol engineers DtiD'EK & ASSOCIATES, we "AS BUILT" BENCH MA ICARLSBAO MUNiciPAL_wATER DISTRICT ENQlNEERtNQ DEPARTMENT EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS E-13 CMWD 89-109. ~] MULLEN &M ASSOCIATESJINCORPORATED P 4 10 - SYSTEM 20 OESICM : CMC DUDEKiASSOCIATES. INC. "AS BUILT" 'CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT' 4°g ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT '*0 PSID SYSTEM 20 1-1 CMWD 89-109 Drwr. No. D'- — , ]- 1 1 sfe'V c<ki--— TN°Kr-" " r vv1 11 rr p"--© • DEVICES UTILIZED IK OTHEB SYSTEMS. ID - SYSTEM 50 P & ID - SYSTEM 40 hnnAl MULLEN &MJ^pM ASSOCIATESEl-Zlfj INCORPORATED Pr0j.cl Humb.t 89069 inibtun J ^If'saeoV ' (""«) isa-enEO J® cxr ,/»/,, EMCIMtER OF WORK 5*1? CHECKED : LOU DUDEK& :ASSOCIATES, INC. 1605 Third Sirtti • Enclnilu, CA 9202+ (619) 942-5147 DISTRICT APPROVED CHANGES D0t« "AS BUILT" ae^!ll4 3/31/QO, ^ DATE "^SH1^, &Z&-9* WSfECTOfl / /J DATE BENCH MARK ,.,„„„ 47 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT U*£BKLE PLHP 48 lillOH i OISWFECTICH TACIUIIES P&ID SYSTEMS 30 AND 40 1-2 CMWD 69-109 Drwr. No. | WSTRUIQT MSI DISCHARGE PflESSURE INDICATOR SUCTION PRESSURE rHOICATOS fE-1 flDW INDICATOR FE-3 ROW INDICATOR fE-2 FOWAflD FLOW INDICATOR FE-2 REVERSC fLO* INDICATOR IICS-SYSTEU 20 FLOW CQKTROl HS 301- 1 SVSTtU SELECIOR (50/*0) US !OI-I MODE SELECT HS-2QI-! smr/srop OPERATOR ACCCSS PANIL -1 2. PI FAIL ). P3 FAIL g. VFD FAIL 9, VFD FAIL 10. VfD TAIL 13. CLiRESIOUAL AURU 14. CL^W - FEED ROOU 15. CLiLEAK - STORAGE AHU IS. SCRUBBES EVEMT IN PROGRESS 19. RC FAIL 20. STSieu 20 FAIL 21. S«TEU 30 FAJt 21. STJTEM 40 FAIL n. CP-1 CONTROL PANEL ELEVATION "AS BUILT" DUDEK & ASSOCIATES, we. CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DEPARTMENT CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this / day of _ XM^^^, __ _ 20 — ^, by and between the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "District"), and Neal Electric Corpration dba Neal Electric Inc. whose principal place of business is 13250 Kirkham Way Poway CA 92064 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). District and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non-Collusion Affidavit, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder's Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the District will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the District's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, District shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The District shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. •^ Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 27 of 108 Pages 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by District about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and District does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by District. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify District, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. District shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between District and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. A•K Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 28 of 108 Pages 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the District, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the District. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the District against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the District. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for District, if District requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the District against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the District. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for District, if District requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City of Carlsbad's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the District or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the District. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The District, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the District, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 29 of 108 Pages b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the District, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the District, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the District, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the District by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the District. At the option of the District, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the District, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the District or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the District and are to be received and approved by the District before the Contract is executed by the District. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. •K Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 30 of 108 Pages (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the District must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the District, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the Carlsbad Municipal Water District seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the District, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the District by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the District by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the District to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the District may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. m^ Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 31 of 108 Pages 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: Neal Electric Gor DISTRICT, a of California Harry Schxrer. Secretary/Asst. Treasurer (print name and title) Secretary By: «4~/:x4<£ (sign here) (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel By:'./^Deputy ueneratCounseT •K Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 32 of 108 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego On 11/18/09 Date personally appeared before me, _Victoria A. Jesse, Notary Public Here Insert Name anti Title ot the Officer Harry Schirer Nnme{s) of Signgrtfs) VICTORIA A. JESSE COMM. f 1725044 i NOTARY PUBUC-CAUFORNlAgSAN DIEOO COUNTY f My Comm.Exp.Ftb. 12,2011 | who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(6) whose name(s) is/ore subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/oho/lhoy executed the same in his/hor/thoir authorized capacity (ies), and that by his/hor/thoir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS mv hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature, OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. ascription of Attached Document Title otType of Document: DocumenrDate: Signer(s) OthenKhan Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: G Individual ; I Corporate Officer ij Partner — D Limite^t] General L Attorney in G Trustee Q Guardjaff or Conservator Signer Is Representing:..... Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — G Limited D General G Attorney in Fact LI Trustee Jj Guardian or Conservator sr: '^'gggg55CS^^ ©2007 Notional Notary Association • 3350 Ds Solo Avo., P.O. Box 2402 •Chalsworm, CA 9l313-2--102-www.NationalNotary.org Item *5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Neaf Electric Corp. May 14, 2008 The undersigned, being all the Directors of Neal Electric Corp., a Delaware corporation registered 10 do business in California as Nealecrric. Inc., by unanimous consent in writing and without the formality of convening a meeting, individually and jointly consent to the following action of this Corporation: Resolved: 1, That the office of Vice President Operations previously held by Nick Bemabe prior to the termination of his employment shall remain vacant until further action of the board. 2. The following persons are authorized to execute any and all documents necessary for bidding or contracting work on behalf of this Corporation: Name Luis A. Armona Clark Thompson Casimier Wesolowski Alex Meruclo Harry Schirer Office Chief Executive Officer / As&t Secretary President / Chief Operating Officer Sr. Vice President Treasurer Secretary / Asst Treasurer IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Action by Unanimous Written Consent as of May 14, 2008. DIRECTORS: Alex MerucL Luis A. Armona LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Bond #8938225 Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District located in the State of California, by Resolution No. 1381, adopted October 27, 2009, has awarded to Neal Electric Corporation dba Nealectric Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, NEAL ELECTRIC CORPORATION dba NEALECTRIC INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District in the sum of One Hundred Eighty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($188,850), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 33 of 109 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this 18th day of November , 2QQ9 CONTRACTOR: Neal Electric £orp. dba Nealectric, Inc. (name of Contrs Harry (print name here) Secretary and Asst. Treasurer By:. (title and organization of signatory) (sign here) (print name here) Executed by SURETY this. of November I 7th day ,20 09. SURETY: Fidelity and Deposit Company of (name of Surety) Maryland 801 N. Brand Blvd., Penthouse (address of Surety) Glendale> CA 818-409-2800 9I2Q3 (telephone number of Surety) : - • // / s / (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) C r i s t i n N n 1 e t1 p , (printed name of Attorney-intact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (title and organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached ) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel By: Deputy General Counsel 0Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 34 of 108 Pages EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this 17th day of November , 2009 . a Assistant Secretary Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the constitute and appoint Cristin NOLETTE, of Irvine, California, its trjje-aii5mgiwan execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursucteresen and amply, to all intents and purposes, of the Company at its office in y, which are set forth on nominate, ey-in-Fact, to make, undertakings, and said Company, as fully wledged by the regularly elected officers ns. This power of attorney revokes that issued on The said Assistant SEcrelai^uipesnSctgLprtHyThat the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Lags^joajd^ompany, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 24th day of June, A.D. 2009. ATTEST:FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND By: Gregory E. Murray Assistant Secretary William J. Mills Vice Presidem State of Maryland City of Baltimore vss: On this 24th day of June, A.D. 2009, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Maria D. Adamski Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 8, 2011 POA-F 012-0093D State of County of California Orange On November 17, 2009 before me,Suzan M. Martinez, Notary Public NAME personally appeared _Cristin Nolette_ NAME OF SIGNER SUZAN M. MARTINEZ Commission # 1794545 Notary Public - California f Orange County - ]2 L who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I, certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ***s» /I (SIGNATURE 6F NOTARYT\ OPTIONAL Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document^i^T could prevent fraudulent reattachment of this form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER INDIVIDUAL CORPORATE OFFICER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT TITLE(S) PARTNER(S)LIMITED GENERAL NUMBER OF PAGES ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TRUSTEE(S) GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR OTHER DATE OF DOCUMENT : IS REPRESENTING: 1E OF PERSON(S) OR ENTITY(IES) SIGNER OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego ) On November 18, 2009 before me, Victoria A. Jesse, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Harry Schirer who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/ate- subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sbe/tbey executed the same in his/bef/tbeif authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/bef/tbeif signature(s-) on the instrument the person(s-), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the_State of_CaljfojTnaJhatJhe foregoing paragraph is true and correct. COMM. * 1726044 NOTARY PUBLIC-CAUFORNlAg WITNESS my hand and official seal. lAcJvWflSignature VU'yUllAlArTAM^yj-V (Seal) Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of Neaf Electric Corp, May 14,2008 The undersigned, being ail the Directors of Neat Electric Corp., a Delaware corporation registered to Jo business in California as Nealectric, Inc., by unanimous consent in writing and without the formality of convening a meeting, individually and jointly consent to the following action of this Corporation: Resolved: 1. That the office of Vice President Operations previously held by Nick Beniabe prior to the termination of his employment shall remain vacant until further action of the board. 2. The following persons are authorized to execute any and all documents necessary for bidding or contracting work on behalf of this Corporation: Name Luis A. Armenia Clark Thompson C'asimier Wesolowski Alex Meruelo Harry Schirer Office Chief Executive Officer / Asst Secretary President / Chief Operating Officer Sr. Vice President Treasurer Secretary / Asst Treasurer IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Action by Unanimous Written Consent as of May 14, 2008. DIRECTORS: Alex Meruc Luis A. Armona FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND Bond #8938225 Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District located in the State of California, by Resolution No. 1381, adopted October 27, 2009, has awarded to Neal Electric Corporation dba Nealectric Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, NEAL ELECTRIC CORPORATION dba NEALECTRIC INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District in the sum of One Hundred Eighty Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($188,850), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the District in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 35 of 109 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this 18th day of November CONTRACTOR: Executed by SURETY this 17th day of November , 20 09 SURETY: Neal Electric Corp.dba Nealectric, Inc-Fidelity and Deposit Company of (nam»of Contractor)^-—> (name of Surety) Maryland Bv: j^/^—^^^^X-^Y1^!^/^ 801 N. Brand Blvd.. Penthouse "\^/(sign tore) ' *"=~~" (address of Surety) Glendale, CA £s/ 91203 Harry Schirer 818-409-2800 (print name here) Secretary and Asst. Treasurer (Title and Organization of Signatory) (telephone number of Surety) By: (signature of Attorney-in-Fad) By: (sign here) (print name here) Cristin Nolette (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Title and Organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified 'by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel By: Deputy General Counsel Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 36 of 108 Pages EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND "Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior Vice-Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizcinces, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,...and to affix the seal of the Company thereto." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this 17th day of November , 2009 Assistant Secretary Power of Attorney FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of Maryland, by WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hefewlQ^Q^hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Cristin NOLETTE, of Irvine, California, its trj^^rntifiwml\g^Trt4nd^A.tt0^iey-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, andjjs-its (a^TlrimcJe^r: ajjj^anrft ^IXWu^ahd undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuanoe^onBeggpresenti^hMI^Sg^iwffSn^upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as $$&¥ HS^Ssm^lye^eoraj^dlaj^Mftrowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its office in ^aWi^^I^dvinHheJr-os^^op@- pWsons. This power of attorney revokes that issued on The said Assistant McrelarvLJipesr^era^rtHy"mat the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI, Section 2, of the By-La^^MdJ3ompany, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and Assistant Secretary have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 24th day of June, A.D.2009. ATTEST:FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND By: Gregory E. Murray Assistant Secretary William J. Mills Vice President State of Maryland City of Baltimore iss: On this 24th day of June, A.D. 2009, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came WILLIAM J. MILLS, Vice President, and GREGORY E. MURRAY, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid, and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporation. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Maria D. Adamski Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 8, 2011 POA-F 012-0093D State of County of California Orange On November 17, 2009 before me, SUZAN M. MARTINEZ Commission # 1794545 Notary Public - California f Orange County Suzan M. Martinez, Notary Public NAME personally appeared Cristin Nolette NAME OF SIGNER who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I, certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Mr~TfY^t^o-^c. 7 F~j(SIGNATURE OF NOTARY) OPTIONAL Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the docujjielat and could prevent fraudulent reattachment of this form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER ~\ INDIVIDUAL I I CORPORATE OFFICER DESCRIPTION OE-jCTT ACHED DOCUMENT TITLE(S) PARTNER(S) [~~ ATTORNEY-IN-FA LIMITED GENERAL TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT NUMBER OF PAGES TRUSTEE(S) GUARDIAN^CONSERVATOR OTHEF DATE OF DOCUMENT SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAME OF PERSON(S) OR ENTITY(IES) SIGNER OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego On November 18, 2009 before me, Victoria A. Jesse, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Harry Schirer who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/afe- subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/sbe/they executed the same in authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/bef/toe4f signature(s-) on the instrument the person(s-), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature VICTORIA A. JESSE I COMM.JH 1725044 ' NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA!? SAN DIEGO COUNTY ? *^CommJE)V.F*t12,2011 j (Seal) OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the Carlsbad Municipal Water District whose address is 5950 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "District" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the District pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the District shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the District within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the District and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the District and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The District shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the District makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the District pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the District. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the District. A•K Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 37 of 108 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from District to the Escrow Agent that the District consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The District shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the District of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the District. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the District and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the District and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the District and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For District: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature Address 1635 Faraday Avenue. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor: Title Name Signature Address _ For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the District and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 38 of 108 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For District:Title PRESIDENT Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor:Title Name Signature Address For Escrow Agent:Title Name Signature Address Revised 5/01/08 Contract No. 5009-B Page 39 of 108 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 40 of 108 Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency - the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 41 of 108 Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 42 of 108 Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications - General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Reference Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 43 of 108 State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street-Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 44 of 108 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate ARTS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONG Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSD Carlsbad Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DEL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 45 of 108 FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIF Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD.... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 46 of 108 SEC Section SF Square foot SFM Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STHWY State highway STA Station STD Standard SIR Straight SIR GR Straight grade STRUG Structural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard T Telephone TAN Tangent TC Top of curb TEL Telephone TF Top of footing TOPO Topography TR Tract TRANS Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC Traffic signal conduit TSS Traffic signal standard TW Top of wall TYP Typical UE Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB Valve box VC Vertical curve VCP Vitrified clay pipe VERT Vertical VOL Volume VWD Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM Water meter WPJ Weakened plane joint XCONN Cross connection XSEC Cross section 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 47 of 108 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1 -4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 mjcrometer (urn) 1 inch (|n) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (crn) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (fr) 0.0929 square meter (nrr) 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m ) 1 cubic foot (ft) 0.0283 cubic meter (trr) 1 cubic yard (yd ) 0.7646 cubic meter (m ) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (rnL) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kibgram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm Is) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibf/ft) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8x°C) + 32 °C = (°F-32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A)1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k) 103 centi(c) 10"2 milli(m) 10"3 micro (n) 10"6 nano(n) 10 pico(p) 10'12 •^ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 48 of 108 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds1 Number / per or (between words)0 Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 49 of 108 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one- half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whi- chever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The A•K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 50 of 108 Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 51 of 108 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, Supplemental Provisions, Special Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), Part 2 & 3, and the latest supplements thereto, current edition at the time of bid opening as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist one set designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 457-5B and consists of 10 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, hereinafter designated SDRSD, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. m¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 52 of 108 The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 4) Contract 5) Carlsbad General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Special Provisions and Supplemental Provisions. 6) Plans. 7) Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. 8) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 9) Reference Specifications. 10) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2- 5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 53 of 108 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By:Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) Item Section Number Title Subject 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 7-10.4.1 207-2.5207-8.4 207-10.2.1 300-3.2 303-1.6.1 303-1.7.1 303-3.1 304-1.1.1 304-1.1.2 304-2.1 306-2.1 306-3.1 306-3.4 306-6 306-8 307-4.3 Safety Orders Joints Joints General Cofferdams General General General Shop Drawings Falsework Plans General Genera! General Tunnel Supports Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities Microtunneling Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Trench Shoring Reinforced Concrete PipeVitrified Clay Pipe Fabricated Steel Pipe Structure Excavation & Backfill Falsework Placing Reinforcement Prestressed Concrete Construction Structural Steel Structural Steel Metal Hand Railings Jacking Operations Tunneling Operations Tunneling Operations Polyethylene Liner Installation Microtunneling Operations Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 54 of 108 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. Certifications per 4-1.5. Construction Schedule per 6-1. Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 3 45 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or Stern. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, man- ufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as- built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 55 of 108 temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2. 2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 56 of 108 be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Street Centerline Clearing Slope Fence Rough Grade Cuts or Fills > 10 m (33') Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) Asphalt Pavement Finish Course Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities®, © Curb Traffic Signal © Signal Poles & Controller © Junction Box © Conduit © Stake Description © SDRSM-10 Monument Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grading area RP, paint on previous course RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, © <1000', Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans lath - Intervisible, < 50' on tangents & < 25' on curves, Painted line - continuous Intervisible and < 50' < 200' on tangents, < 50' on curves when R> 1000' & 25' on curves when R< 1000' <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' < 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information intervisible & < 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines < 25', BC & EC, at 1/4A, %A & %A on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & Lateral Spacing ©, © on street centerline at clearing line Grade Breaks &<25' N/A ( constant offset) N/A <22' edge of pavement, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate ( constant offset) as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 0.02' Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein 1' Horizontal 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal 0.1' Verticals Horizontal J/8" Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical d/e" Horizontal & when depth cannot becRevised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 57 of 108 Feature Staked Minor Structure © Abutment Fill Wall® Major Structure ® Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls Superstructures Miscellaneous ® Contour Grading ® Utilities ®, ® Channels, Dikes & Ditches ® Signs ® Subsurface Drains ® Overside Drains © Markers ffi Railings & Barriers © AC Dikes ® Box Culverts Pavement Markers® Stake Description © RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, ® < 25' on curves when R < 1000' or where grade < 0.30% for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression © < 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions < 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns <50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' or where grade < 0.30% intervisible & < 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & < 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location for asphalt street surfacing < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000'. At beginning & end and < 50' on tangents & curves when R > 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1000' At beginning & end 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when R > 1000' & 25' on curves when R < 1000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice Lateral Spacing ®, © as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate along contour line as appropriate as appropriate Line point as appropriate At beginning & end At marker location(s) at railing & barrier location(s) as appropriate as appropriate at pavement marker location(s) Setting Tolerance (Within) measured from existing pavement 1/4" Vertical J/s" Horizontal & V Vertical (when vertical data needed) 0.1 'Verticals, Horizontal V Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V4" Vertical 0.1 'Verticals Horizontal V Horizontal & V Vertical 0.1' Horizontal &V4" Vertical 0.1 'Vertical* Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal&V/ Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & V Vertical V4" Horizontal %" Horizontal & Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V4" Horizontal © Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature oRevised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 58 of 108 © Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table © Perpendicular to centerline. © Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto © Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature © > means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. < means less than, or equal to, the number fol- lowing the symbol. © The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(6) TABLE 2-9.2.2(6) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control Clearing Grading Structure Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, etc. Bench marks Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/Black Yellow White Blue White/Yellow Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2- 9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work, necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall corform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce oRevised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 59 of 108 compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 60 of 108 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 61 of 108 proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. Am¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 62 of 108 (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 63 of 108 (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2. 3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 1 0 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon; the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1 . Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 64 of 108 The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the District with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 65 of 108 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. General Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the District will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the District will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the General Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the General Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 66 of 108 (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 67 of 108 event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 68 of 108 Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 69 of 108 Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 70 of 108 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 71 of 108 information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investiga- tion will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 72 of 108 Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 73 of 108 the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6, 2009 Edition. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 74 of 108 The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2.1 through 6- 1.2.8 and shall be on hard (paper) copy. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 75 of 108 the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.2.4 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.5 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.6 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.7 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.8 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.9 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the *¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 76 of 108 contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.9.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.9.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.9.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6- 1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.4 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.5 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 77 of 108 Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1 .8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1 , including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1 .3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 78 of 108 the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes removal of existing furnishings and installation of new electrical switchgear for three (3) pump units including VFDs, soft starters, controls, relay, lights, doors, switches, contractors, all required work and appurtenances, and removal of existing and installation of two (2) new gates and all required work and appurtenances. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain m¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 79 of 108 the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. •^ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 80 of 108 If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 120 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 81 of 108 or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. No work involving any noise generating equipment or activity shall be performed by the contractor between 5:00 PM and 7:00 AM. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Nine Hundred Dollars ($900.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that Nine hundred dollars ($900) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. •^ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 82 of 108 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimina- tion because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. m¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 83 of 108 The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Resource agency permits are not required for this project. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 84 of 108 In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. f\mW Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 85 of 108 Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 86 of 108 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 87 of 108 The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 88 of 108 The Contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall be allowed to place a Contractor's lock at the gate on Applewood Lane. Once the new access gate is installed, District will provide Contractor with an access code. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer (760) 602-2720 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch (760) 931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch (760) 931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) (760) 438-2980 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations (760) 602-2752 6) North County Transit District (760) 967-2828 7) Waste Management (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 89 of 108 shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. For any work requiring traffic control in the City of Vista, or other municipality, the Contractor shall obtain appropriate permits from that municipality. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.let seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214- 5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than minimum acceptable lateral safety buffer distance at 6', nor operate equipment within 0.6 m (2') from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the than (insert minimum acceptable shy distance at 2' shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic,oRevised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 90 of 108 adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. During the entire construction, a minimum of (insert appropriate number of lanes) paved traffic lanes, not less than (insert appropriate minimum lane widths, e.g. 12') wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. Access to the Maerkle Site shall not be blocked or interrupted for any reason. Contractor shall not block access to the site or private properties on Applewood Lane. Contractor shall not park any vehicles along Applewood Lane before, after, or during the work day. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 91 of 108 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, et seq. arid obtain the Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) as published by CALTRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. A•K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 92 of 108 Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 51 56, 51 57 and 51 58, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1 . Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 93 of 108 (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-10.4.6 Fire Hazard. The work area is surrounded by dry brush. The Contractor shall take care as not to cause brush fires from equipment etc. Smoking, or other fire igniting activities, is not permitted at the project site. Costs associated with brush fires caused by Contractor's negligence will be borne by the Contractor. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 94 of 108 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. Facilities for agency use are not required for this project. SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. m¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 95 of 108 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 96 of 108 properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 97 of 108 basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such -information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed twenty thousand dollars ($20,000.00), and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his expense. •^ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 98 of 108 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(6). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(6). TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 50-mm (2") 37.5-mm(1l/2") 19-mm(J/4") 12.5-mm (V2") 9.5-mm C/sl 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 75-um (no. 200) Percen Type A — — 100 95-100 70-100 0-55 0-10 0-3 tage Passing Type 6 100 95-100 50-100 — 15-55 0-25 0-5 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(6) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 25-mm(1") 19-mm (V) 9.5-mm (V) 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 600-um (No. 30) 300-um (No. 50) 75-Mm (no. 200) Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 99 of 108 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Operating Operating Sieve Sizes Range Range 2" 100 — 11/2" 90-100 — 1" — 100 3/4" 50-85 90-100 No. 4 25-45 35-60 No. 30 10-25 10-30 No. 200 2-9 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 100 of 108 SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. ADD the following: 203-6.2.1 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.3 (A) Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.3 (A). 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10-RAP for surface course, and B-PG64-10-RAP for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches. 203-6.4.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accordance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability using: a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values or b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 1Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +1-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded or Gap graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 10 hours, shall not be used in the work. Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 101 of 108 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be Gap Graded class ARHM-GG-C. SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING Add the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for tree trimming along the curb line as noted in Section 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing - so as to provide a clear travel way during the construction of the roadway resurfacing. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be surfaced with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to surfacing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for pavement surfacing shall include tree trimming and post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be surfaced and no extra payment will be made therefore. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading, modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. The Contractor shall provide an on-site backup paving during all paving operations. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 102 of 108 subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. 302-5.6.1 General, modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications and plans. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Delete and replace with the following: Asphalt concrete work shall be incidental to the associated bid items and shall be included in these bids. Add the following section: 302-13 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION Add the following section. 302-13.1 General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein Add the following section. 302-13.2 Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1 ') below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact' the upper 300mm (1') of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to O.IOgallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1 .0') full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 103 of 108 shall be B-AR-4000. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. Add the following section. 302-13.3 Crack Sealing The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks designated to be sealed before installing hot poured rubber-asphalt joint sealant material. The sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D1190. The Contractor shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot- melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer's name, the product designation and the manufacturer's batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pavement. Add the following section: 302-13.4. Measurement and Payment. Asphalt concrete patching shall be incidental to the associated bid items and shall be included in those bid items. ™F Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 104 of 108 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT NO. 5009-B SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION PROVISIONS 1. Worksite The Contract work site is located in the City of Carlsbad as shown on Sheet 1 of the Con- struction Drawings. The Maerkle Disinfection Facilities site is located at the north end of Sunny Creek Road. However, access to the site shall be from the North Gate located on Applewood Lane (accessed from Sequoia Crest), in the City of Vista. 2. Storage of Materials and Equipment Contractor shall not store materials or equipment on private or public property without written permission from the affected property owners approving such use. Said written permission shall be submitted to the City prior to Contractor moving materials or equipment onto site. Contractor's equipment shall be removed from public or private right-of-way and placed in the Contractor's designated storage areas at the end of each work day. Contractor may utilize the Maerkle Disinfection Facilities site for storage of materials and equipment. All storage locations shall be approved by the City. Refer to General Provisions Section 7-1.1, Staging and Stockpiling Areas, for further information. 3. Preservation of Existing Improvements, Restoration of Work Site and Disposal of Spoil and Waste Materials A. Contractor shall perform his operations so that existing improvements (including roads and other paved surfaces adjacent to or in the vicinity of the work site) are not dam- aged. Contractor shall repair and restore any disturbed or damaged private or public improvements which results from his operations (except that which is specifically a part of the Contract Work) to the satisfaction of the City, or the agency having jurisdic- tion over said improvements, all at his expense. B. All work sites shall be restored to pre-job conditions and shall meet the requirements of the City. The City is obligated to keep visual impact of the work sites to a minimum; therefore, Contractor is required to restore all areas altered by construction to pre-existing condi- tions. Such areas shall include, but shall not be limited to, areas used for travel, park- ing, and storage of vehicles, equipment and materials. Am¥ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 105 of 108 C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of all waste materials resulting from his operations, including rubbish, packaging materials, discarded equipment parts, and damaged construction materials, in a manner and at locations suitable to the City and all health and other regulatory agencies. D. The demolition work includes removal of the outdoor scrubber and ductwork, which will leave the building penetrations and dampers exposed. Contractor shall seal said penetrations during construction to maintain a clean environment in the effected build- ings. Also, Contractor shall cover the opening with plywood for security. 4. Specified Model Numbers All model numbers used herein are provided for information only, to assist Contractor in selecting equipment that conforms to specifications. In case of any conflict between model numbers given herein and the descriptive specifications or performance specified, the de- scriptive specifications and performance specified shall govern. 5. Location of Equipment and Ambient Environmental Conditions Derating and necessary oversizing to achieve performance shall be incorporated in equipment design. The project site is at an elevation approximately 300' to 500' above Mean Sea Level. Maximum design ambient temperature shall be 90°F and minimum design ambient temperature shall be 40°F. Relative humidity may range from 10% to 95%. 6. Equipment Performance Documentation Where performance testing of equipment (field or factory) is specified, the Contractor shall submit to the City, three copies of performance test results for City's review and approval. Performance test data shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements specified in the Contract Documents. Prior to project completion, the Contractor shall combine all such performance test results and data in a standard size, 3-ring, loose leaf, vinyl plastic hard copy binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Each item of equipment shall be properly indexed. For each item of equipment there shall be a brief description of the equipment, description of the test conditions, and performance test results, including performance of the equipment at full load condition. Results shall be submitted to the City 60 days prior to project completion. 7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Training The Contractor shall provide six (6) approved copies of detailed operations and maintenance (O&M) manuals at least 30 days prior to startup and testing for all mechanical and electrical equipment he furnishes. O&M manuals shall be provided for all equipment and shall be in accordance with requirements specified herein. O&M manuals shall be submitted in accor- dance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3, and shall be subject to approval by the City. Each set of O&M Manuals shall consist of one (1) or more volumes, each volume shall be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, loose leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for book- shelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches. Binder(s) shall be provided with the following identification inscribed on the cover(s): "City's name, project name, Equipment Operation and Maintenance Manual, Volume No." Each volume shall have a table of con- tents which indicates all equipment in the O&M manual and tabbed divider sheets placed before each section. The O&M manuals shall include (but not be limited to) the following information: •^ Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 106 of 108 Installation and Operation 1. Installation instruction 2. Design Capabilities 3. Operating Parameters and recommended ranges 4. Specific equipment installed, Model No., Serial No., etc. 5. General literature 6. Operating instructions 7. Special problems or precautions and emergency procedures 8. Safety provisions and precautions Maintenance 1. Assembly, Disassembly, and Reassembly 2. Parts list including drawings (blowup drawings preferred) 3. Lubrication type and schedule 4. Preventative maintenance schedule 5. Recommended replacement parts inventory 6. Details of calibration and adjustment 7. Wiring diagrams (as installed) 8. Completed maintenance card 9. Equipment warranties 10. Name, address, and phone number of local parts and media distributor and service center. The Contractor shall cause the equipment manufacturers to provide experienced and when applicable, factory-trained personnel, to train the City's Operation and Maintenance person- nel. Training shall include review of the O&M manuals as well as a hands-on-training period with each piece of equipment listed. No training shall be provided on Mondays or Fridays. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 14 days advance notice of training sessions. Scheduled training shall be at a time acceptable to the City and the Manufacturer. Required training and minimum training time shall be as follows: Equipment Minimum Hours Electrical Switchgear (VFD and Soft Starters) 4 The training shall be performed a minimum of 1 day after the completion of start-up. The training shall provide the City's Operation and Maintenance personnel with sufficient informa- tion on the theory, design, operation and maintenance practices (routine monitoring, eyeing abnormal and normal operation, troubleshooting techniques, media testing procedures, and preventative and corrective maintenance) to ensure that equipment and systems can be efficiently and effectively operated and maintained upon training completion. A minimum of 10 training manuals shall be provided. A training manual on each piece of equipment listed shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval a minimum of one month prior to training. Training manuals shall include the experience and qualifications of each instructor. The Engineer or his designee will be attending and monitoring training sessions. If any session is •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 107 of 108 deemed unacceptable by the Engineer, the contents or instructor shall be changed and the session repeated at no cost to the City. 8. Reference Documents The following documents are provided with Bid Documents for reference only and are not part of this Contract. These documents provide information relative to existing and proposed facilities. A. Construction Plans for Maerkle Pump Station and Disinfection Facility Drawing No. CMWD89-109. 9. Safety Requirement of Equipment Furnished by Contractor The equipment furnished by Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California. Copies of the Safety Orders as available at the Printing Division, Documents Section, State of California, Sacramento, California 95814. 10. Order of Work As first item of work, Contractor shall verify existing field wiring terminations and numbering for each pump's electrical switchgear and control section and include same with shop draw- ings. Only one pump shall be offline at a time for removal and replacement of associated electrical switchgear and controls. Two pumps shall remain fully operational during replacement. Prior to removal and replacement of each pump's electrical switchgear and controls, all new electrical switchgear and controls shall be onsite. Replacement of electrical switchgear and controls for each pump shall be completed in a two week period. Upon replacement, all alarms and status signals shall be simulated and confirmed and pump shall be operated for four hours in "Auto" position without any failures prior to removal and replacement of the next pump's electrical switchgear and controls. Replacement of upper and lower gates may commence at any time. •K Revised 1/20/09 Contract No. 5009-B Page 108 of 108 Technical Specifications SECTION 01500 START-UP, FIELD TESTING, AND ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and material necessary to perform start-up, field testing, and acceptance of equipment for the Pump Station Upgrade and all related appurtenances. 1.02 Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. 1.03 Start-Up The Contractor shall provide fourteen days advance notice to the Owner prior to start-up of any equipment. Training will not be allowed until at least one day after start-up is complete. Prior to the start-up of systems, each equipment manufacturer shall provide written certification that their equipment has been installed properly and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and is ready to start-up. A. At a minimum, start-up shall include: 1. Visually inspecting field wiring against approved shop drawings. 2. Checking for abnormalities that may have occurred during shipping or installation of all equipment and components including loose wiring, physical damage, or insecure mounting of components. 3. Energizing all panels. 4. Simulate all controls and equipment start, stop, and shutdown, including checking discrete signals locally at the panel and by jumpering remote devices at the field end to simulate signals. 5. Checking analog signals by utilizing loop calibrator as required. 6. Testing all interlock and maintenance switches. 7. Calibrating panel devices as required including timers and controllers. 8. Cycle motors in both automatic and manual modes of operation. 9. Checking out control signal to and from main control panel in conjunction with all associated equipment. 10. Testing and calibrating VFDs. 06/17/08 START-UP MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 01500-1 All manufacturer certifications for equipment and system components shall be accepted by the Owner prior to commencing Field Testing as specified in Section 1.03, herein. 1.04 Field Testing and Equipment Acceptance A. The Contractor shall submit for Owner's approval the testing procedures for all equipment. The testing procedures at a minimum shall define required instrumentation to test the equipment and describe how the equipment will be tested in order to determine compliance with the Specification requirements and recognized standards of the industry. A master log book shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor and provided to the Owner for approval showing the test equipment, the compliance values, and the actual field measurements. B. A full field test shall be performed by the Contractor after the start-up acceptance of all equipment by the Owner. This field test shall include operating all equipment and control systems. It is anticipated two days will be required to verify operation. All costs for repairs/replacement are the responsibility of the Contractor. All warranties for labor, equipment, and materials shall begin on the date of acceptance. An acceptance letter will be provided by the Engineer to the Contractor, acknowledging successful completion of the start-up test. END OF SECTION 06/17/08 START-UP MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 01500-2 SECTION 03100 BASIC CONCRETE FORMWORK SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General Requirements Contractor shall furnish all materials for concrete formwork, bracing, shoring, and supports and shall design and construct all falsework, all in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Document. 1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, And Standards A. Codes The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code (UBC) of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition. B. Commercial Standards ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork, latest edition. 1.03 Contractor Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. A. Falsework Calculations and Drawings Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 1717 of the Division of Industrial Safety, Construction Safety Orders, as revised November 1973, which requires that all falsework or vertical shoring installations where the heights of the falsework or vertical shoring, as measured from the top of the sills to the soffit of the superstructure, exceeds 14 feet, or where individual horizontal span lengths exceed 16 feet, or provision for vehicular or railroad traffic through falsework or vertical shoring is made, shall be approved and signed by a Civil Engineer, registered in the State of California; provided further, that a copy of the falsework plan or shoring layout shall be available on the job site at all times. B. Contractor shall submit detailed plans of the falsework proposed to be used. Such plans shall be in sufficient detail to indicate the general layout, sizes of members, anticipated stresses, grade of materials to be used in the falsework, and typical soil conditions. 1 .04 Quality Assurance A. Tolerances The variation from established grade, line, plumbness, or thickness shall be as set forth in Section 1.04F of the Basic Concrete Specification, and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished surface. All other tolerances shall be within the "Suggested Tolerances" specified in Section 203 of ACI 347. 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the Engineer, all lumber brought on the job site for use a forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new materials. All forms shall be smooth surface forms and shall be of the following materials: Walls - Steel or plywood panel Columns - Steel, plywood, or fiber glass Roof and Floor slabs - Plywood All other work - Steel panels, plywood or tongue and groove lumber 2.02 Form and Falsework Materials A. Materials for concrete forms, formwork, and falsework shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Pine, construction grade or better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS20. 2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded, exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Pine plywood manufactured especially for concrete formwork and shall conform to the requirements of PS 1 for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed. 3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood, or other approved material that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line, and grade shown. Metal forms shall be an approved type that will accomplish such results. Wood forms for surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO Ext. Grade. B. Unless otherwise shown, exposed edges and corners in concrete members shall be provided with 3/4-inch chamfers. Re-entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise shown. C. Forms and falsework to support the roof and floor slabs shall be designed for the total dead load, plus a live load of 30 psf (minimum). 2.03 Form Ties A. Form ties with integral waterstops shall be provided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a conical hole to insure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete. The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties, or of other removable form-tie fasteners having a circular cross-section, shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches; and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming. 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-2 B. Form ties for water-retaining structures shall have integral waterstops. Removable taper ties may be used when approved by the Engineer. A preformed neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug sized to seat at the center of the wall shall be inserted in the hole left by the removal of the taper tie. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever necessary. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design of all forms, and any forms which are unsafe or inadequate in any respect shall promptly be removed from the work and replaced at the Contractor's expense. A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be provided to permit the required rate of progress to be maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework, and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by the Contractor's personnel and by the Engineer and shall be in sufficient number and properly installed. During concrete placement, the Contractor shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct deficiencies. B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members as called for on the Contract Drawings, and shall be substantial, free from surface defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain their position and shape under a load of freshly-placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, trussed supports shall be provided. 3.02 Form Design All forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided on all forms for holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate alignment so as to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets, or similar surface defects in the finished concrete. Plywood, 5/8-inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete. Forms shall be tight so as to prevent the loss of water, cement and fines during placing and vibrating of the concrete. Specifically, the bottom of wall forms that rest on concrete footings or slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent loss of fines and paste during placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be a 1 to 1-1/2 inch diameter polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall form. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms. The size, number, and location of such clean-outs shall be as acceptable to the Engineer. 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-3 3.03 Construction A. Vertical Surfaces All vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is shown. Not less than 1-inch of concrete shall be added to the thickness of the concrete member as shown where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Such permission will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed. B. Construction Joints Concrete construction joints shall not be placed at locations other than those shown or specified, except as may be acceptable to the Engineer. When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory effect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required. C. Form Ties 1. Embedded Ties Holes left by the removal of form tie cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough before being filled with mortar as specified in Section 3.12C of the Basic Concrete Specifications. Wire ties for holding forms shall not be used. Form-tying devices or parts thereof, other than metal, shall not be left embedded in the concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete members. Contractor shall not use snap-ties which cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal. If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 1-inch back from the formed face or faces of the concrete. 2. Removable Ties Where taper ties are approved for use, the larger end of the taper tie shall be on the wet side of walls in water retaining structures. After the taper tie is removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink grout for water bearing and below-grade walls. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout for above- 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-4 grade walls which are dry on both sides. Exposed faces of walls shall have the outer 2 inches of the exposed face filled with a cement grout which shall match the color and texture of the surrounding wall surface. 3.04 Reuse of Forms Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the Engineer. Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform surface texture on all exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surfaces which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the inside wall surfaces of hydraulic/water retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms shall be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. 3.05 Removal of Forms Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this work shall be done with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete. Contractor shall not apply heavy loading on green concrete. In the case of roof slabs and above-ground floor slabs, forms shall remain in place until test cylinders for the roof concrete attain a minimum compressive strength of 75 percent of the 28-day strength specified in the Basic Concrete Specifications; provided, that no forms shall be disturbed or removed under an individual panel or unit before the concrete in the adjacent panel or unit has attained 75 percent of the specified 28-day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 14 days. The time required to establish said strength shall be as determined by the Engineer who will make several test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of roof panels placed. If the time so determined is more than the 14-day minimum, then that time shall be used as the minimum length of time. Forms for all vertical walls and columns shall remain in place at least 72 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms for all parts of the work not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for periods of time as determined by the Engineer. 3.06 Maintenance of Forms Forms shall be maintained at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. Forms, when in place, shall conform to the established alignment and grades. Before concrete is placed, forms shall be thoroughly cleaned. Form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the Engineer. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required, Contractor shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in advance of their use. Oil shall be kept off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete. If oil is inadvertently placed on said metal surfaces, Contractor shall remove oil by sandblasting. 3.07 Falsework A. Contractor shall be responsible for the design, engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-5 requirements of the provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction, the requirements of the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, and the requirements specified herein. B. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads. Falsework for the support of a superstructure shall be designed to support the loads that would be imposed if the entire superstructure were placed at one time. C. Falsework shall be placed upon a solid footing, safe against undermining, and protected from softening. When the falsework is supported on timber piles, the maximum calculated pile loading shall not exceed 20 tons. When falsework is supported on any portion of the structure which is already constructed, the load imposed by the falsework shall be spread, distributed, and braced in such a way as to avoid any possibility of damage to the structure. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 CONCRETE FORMWORK MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03100-6 SECTION 03200 BASIC CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General Requirements Contractor shall furnish, fabricate, and place all concrete reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete and masonry construction and shall perform all appurtenant work, including all the wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards A. Codes The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code (UBC) of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition. B. Commercial Standards Where not covered in this specification, all work shall comply with the following standards, latest editions: ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. WRI Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric. AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. 1.03 Contractor Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. A. Contractor shall furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication. B. Details of concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted by the Contractor at the earliest possible date after receipt by the Contractor of Notice to Proceed. Said details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and the requirements specified and shown. Shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. Shop drawings shall include bar placement diagrams which clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar splice. 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-1 C. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, Contractor shall submit manufacturer's literature which contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the formwork. D. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, Contractor shall submit mill test reports which shall contain the information necessary for the determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS D1.4. Contractor shall submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which is to be spliced by welding; merely a statement that AWS procedures will be followed is not acceptable. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. If requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide samples from each heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of initial tests will be paid by the Owner. Costs of additional tests due to material failing initial tests shall be paid by the Contractor. B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, Contractor shall submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWSD1.4. C. If requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide samples of each type of welded splice used in the work in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, radiographic testing of direct butt welded splices will be performed. Contractor shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing. Contractor shall repair any weld which fails to meet the requirements of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the Owner; except, the costs of all tests which fail to meet specified requirements shall be paid by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Reinforcement Steel A. All reinforcement steel for all cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement with supplementary requirement S-1, or as otherwise shown. 2. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185 and the details shown; provided, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wire of W9.5 size wire shall be either furnished in flat sheets 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-2 or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10 inches; and provided further, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wires larger than W9.5 size shall be furnished in flat sheets only. 3. Spiral reinforcement shall be cold-drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 82. B. Accessories 1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. Slab bolsters shall have gray plastic-coated legs. 2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Where the concrete blocks are used on concrete surfaces exposed to view, the color and texture of the concrete blocks shall match that required for the finished surface. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports. 2.02 Mechanical Couplers A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown and where approved by the Engineer. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice. B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections. C. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. D. Couplers which are located at a joint face shall be a type which can be set either flush or recessed from the face as shown. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. After the concrete is placed, Contractor shall plug and seal couplers intended for future connections to prevent any contact with water or other corrosive materials. Threaded couplers shall be plugged with plastic plugs which have an O-ring seal. 2.03 Welded Splices A. Welded splices shall be provided where shown and where approved by the Engineer. All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars which are connected. 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-3 B. All materials required to perform the welded splices to the requirements of AWS D1.4 shall be provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the supplementary requirements specified herein. 3.02 Fabrication A. General Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes shown, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as modified by the Drawings. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1-1/2 inch for No. 3 bars, 2- inch for No. 4 bars, and 2-1/2 inch for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the minimum thickness, except for bars larger than 1 inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold. B. Contractor shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings. C. Fabricating Tolerances Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances: 1. Sheared length: ± 1 inch 2. Depth of truss bars: + 0, -1/2 inch 3. Stirrups, ties, and spirals: ±1/2 inch 4. All other bends: ± 1 inch 3.03 Placing A. Placing Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spaces or metal hangers which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-4 shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties which are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, Contractor shall furnish concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers. B. The portions of all accessories in contact with the formwork shall be made of concrete, plastic, or steel coated with a 1/8 inch minimum thickness of plastic which extends at least 1/2 inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color. C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage. D. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the Contractor for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the Contractor at its own expense. E. Placing Tolerances Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code. F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable to the Engineer. G. Welded wire fabric reinforcement placed over horizontal forms shall be supported on slab bolsters having gray, plastic-coated standard type legs as specified in Paragraph B herein. Slab bolsters shall be spaced not less than 30 inches on centers, shall extend continuously across the entire width of the reinforcement mat, and shall support the reinforcement mat in the plane shown. H. Welded wire fabric placed over the ground shall be supported on wired concrete blocks (dobies) spaced not more than 3 feet on centers in any direction. Contractor shall not utilize the construction practice of placing welded wire fabric on the ground and hooking into place in the freshly placed concrete. 3.04 Spacing of Bars A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars nor less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1 inch. B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in 2 or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than 1 inch. 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-5 C. In columns, the clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than 1- 1/2 times the bar diameter, not less than 1-1/2 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1-1/2 inches. D. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. 3.05 Splicing A. General Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the Engineer. B. Splices of Reinforcement The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in accordance with ACI 318, Section 12.15.1 for a class B splice. C. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with the ACI 318. Adjoining sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each 2 running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they cannot slip. D. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by welding or by a lap of 1-1/2 turns. E. Bending or Straightening Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner which will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as shown or specifically permitted by the Engineer. 3.06 Cleaning and Protection A. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions condusive to corrosion until concrete is placed around it. B. The surfaces of all reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be reinspected and, if necessary recleaned. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03200-6 SECTION 03300 BASIC CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General Requirements A. Contractor shall furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished concrete, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. All cast-in-place concrete falls into one of the following categories and shall comply with all requirements of this basic specification. 1. Structural Concrete (or Class "A" Concrete). Concrete to be used in all cases except where noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. Sitework Concrete (or Class "B" Concrete). Concrete to be used for curbs, gutters, catch basins, sidewalks, pavements, fence and guard post embedment, underground duct bank encasement and all other concrete appurtenant to electrical facilities unless otherwise shown. 3. Lean Concrete (or Class "C" Concrete). Concrete to be used for thrust blocks, pipe trench cut-off blocks and cradles, where the preceding items are detailed on the drawings as unreinforced. Concrete to be used as protective cover for dowels intended for future connection. 1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards A. Specifications Items specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents: Concrete Formwork - See Basic Concrete Formwork Specification. Concrete Reinforcement - See Basic Concrete Reinforcement Specification. B. Codes The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code (UBC), of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-1 C. Commercial Standards Where not covered in this specification, all work shall comply with the following standards, latest editions: ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 1.03 Contractor Submittals A. Mix Designs Prior to beginning the work, Contractor shall submit to Engineer, for review, preliminary concrete mix designs which shall show the proportions and gradations of all materials proposed for each class and type of concrete to be used on the job. The mix designs shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer. All costs related to such mix design shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Certified Delivery Tickets Where ready-mix concrete is used, Contractor shall provide certified delivery tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each certificate shall show the total quantities (by weight) of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, and admixtures, and the amounts of water (by gallons) in the aggregate and added at the batching plant as well as the amount of water allowed to be added at the site for the specific design mix. Each certificate shall, in addition, state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day, to the nearest minute, corresponding to when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the job, the time that unloading began, and the time that unloading was finished. 1.04 Quality Assurance A. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength of concrete will be performed as specified herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 143. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-2 B. The cost of all laboratory tests on concrete will be borne by the Owner. However, Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which fails to meet specification. C. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by Contractor at no cost to the Owner, and Contractor shall provide assistance to the Engineer in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material. D. Field Compression Tests 1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each class of concrete specified herein and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance with these specifications. Each set of test specimens will be a minimum of 4 cylinders. 2. Compression test specimens for concrete shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31. Specimens shall be 6 inch diameter by 12 inch high cylinders. 3. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39. One test cylinder will be tested at 7 days and 2 at 28 days. The remaining cylinder will be held to verify test results, if needed. E. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete 1. Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete shall be according to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 4 "Concrete Quality", and as specified herein. 2. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective action shall be taken to increase the compressive strength for all subsequent batches of the type of concrete affected. 3. All concrete which fails to meet the ACI requirements and these specifications is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the Contractor. F. Construction Tolerances Contractor shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations so as to insure that the completed work is within the tolerances specified herein. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the specified permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions shown. Where tolerances are not stated in the specifications, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 347. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-3 G. The following construction tolerances are hereby established and apply to finished walls and slab unless otherwise shown: Item Tolerance Variation of the constructed linear outline In 10 feet: 1/4 inch; from the established position in plan In 20 feet or more: 1/2 inch Variation from the level or from the grades shown In 10 feet: 1/8 inch; In 20 feet or more: 1/4 inch Variation from the plumb In 10 feet: 1/8 inch; In 20 feet or more: 1/4 inch Variation in the thickness of slabs and walls Minus 1/4 inch; Plus 1/2 inch Variation in the locations and sizes of slab Plus or minus 1/4 inch and wall openings Regardless of the tolerances listed herein, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to limit deviations in line and grade to tolerances which will permit proper installation and operation of mechanical equipment and piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Concrete Materials A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by water or breakage. Only one brand of cement shall be used. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used. All cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments. B. All materials furnished for the work shall comply with the requirements of Sections 201, 203, and 204 of ACI 301, as applicable. C. Storage of materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 205 of ACI 301. D. Materials for concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Cement shall be standard brand portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150 for Type II or Type V. Portland cement shall contain not more than 0.60 percent alkalies. A single brand of cement shall be used throughout the work, and prior to its use, the brand shall be acceptable to the Engineer. The cement shall be suitably protected from exposure to moisture until used. Cement that has become lumpy shall not be used. Stacked cement shall be stored in such a manner so as to permit access for inspection and sampling. Certified mill test reports for each shipment 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-4 of cement to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer if requested regarding compliance with these specifications. 2. Water shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts and other impurities. The water shall be considered potable, for the purposes of this section only, if it meets the requirements of the local governmental agencies. Agricultural water with high total dissolved solids (over 1000 mg/l IDS) shall not be used. 3. Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the Engineer, shall be non-reactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.07B. Lightweight sand for fine aggregate will not be permitted. a. Coarse aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, durable gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock or a combination thereof. The coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in two or more size groups for combined aggregates with a maximum size greater than 3/4 inch. When the aggregates are proportioned for each batch of concrete the two size groups shall be combined. b. Fine aggregates shall be natural sand or a combination of natural and manufactured sand that are hard and durable. c. Combined aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine sizes, and shall be uniformly graded between screen sizes to produce a concrete that has optimum workability and consolidation characteristics. Where a trial batch is required for a mix design, the final combined aggregate gradations will be established during the trial batch process. 4. Ready-mix concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. 5. Air-entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260, shall be used. Sufficient air-entraining agent shall be used to provide a total air content of 4 to 6 percent; provided that, when the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite falls below 40 degrees F for more than one day, the total air content provided shall be 5 to 7 percent. The Owner reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-entraining agent received on the job by the Contractor. The air-entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable of accurate measurement. 6. Admixtures. Admixtures shall be required as stated herein and at the Engineer's discretion or, if not required, may be added at the Contractor's option to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability. In either case, the addition of an admixture shall be at the Contractor's expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the Engineer. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-5 location determined by the Engineer. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, Contractor shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. Admixtures shall contain no free chloride ions, be non-toxic after 30 days, and shall be compatible with and made by the same manufacturer as the air entraining admixture. a. Low range water reducer shall be used in all structural and sitework concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. It shall be either a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type or a hydroxylated polymer type. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. b. Set controlling admixture shall be either with or without water- reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture such as Sika Chemical Corporation's Plastiment. Master Builder's Pozzolith 300R. or equal shall be used. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently under 40 degrees F, a set accelerating admixture such as Sika Chemical Corporation's Plastocrete 161FL. Master Builder's Pozzolith 50C. or equal shall be used. c. High range water reducer may be used if approved by Engineer. If allowed it shall be sulfonated polymer conforming to ASTM C 494, Type F or G. High range water reducing agent shall only be added to the concrete at the batch plant. It shall be second generation type, Daracem 100. as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co.; Rhedbuild 1000. as manufactured by Masterbuilders: or equal. High range water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all other ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified. Concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 30 mixer revolutions after the addition of the high range water reducer. 7. Calcium Chloride shall not be added to or used in concrete. 2.02 Curing Materials Materials for curing concrete shall conform to the following requirements: A. Concrete curing compound shall be Masterkure manufactured by Masterbuilders. Cleveland. OH. or approved equal. The curing compound shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-6 B. Polyethylene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white, and shall have a nominal thickness of 6 mils. The loss of moisture when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156 shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface. C. Polyethylene-coated waterproof paper sheeting for use as concrete curing blanket shall consist of white polyethylene sheeting free of visible defects, uniform in appearance, having a nominal thickness of 2 mils and permanently bonded to waterproof paper conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification UU-B-790A (Int. Amd. 1). The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 gram per square centimeter of surface. D. Polyethylene-coated burlap for use as concrete curing blanket shall be 4 mil thick, white opaque polyethylene film impregnated or extruded into one side of the burlap. Burlap shall weigh not less than 9 ounces per square yard. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface. E. Curing mats for use in Curing Method 6 as specified in Paragraph 3.09G herein, shall be heavy shag rugs or carpets or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center. Curing mats shall weigh a minimum of 12 ounces per square yard when dry. F. Evaporation retardant shall be a material such as Confilm as manufactured by Masterbuilders. Cleveland. OH; or equal. 2.03 Waterstop A. Contractor shall provide waterstops at all construction and expansion joints in all water holding structures. Waterstop shall be Greenstreak PVC Style 732, 6 inches wide, or Style 735, 9 inches wide, as specified on drawings. B. Contractor shall heat fuse joints and connections in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions using heating tools and devices recommended by same. Waterstops shall be continuous in joints, following offsets and angles in joint until spliced to waterstops at intersecting joints, completely sealing the structure. Waterstops shall be aligned and centered in joints. Contractor shall secure flanges of waterstops to reinforcing bars with 18 gauge wire ties spaced maximum 18 inches on center. Waterstop joints shall be properly heat-spliced at ends and crosses to preserve continuity. Contractor shall locate waterstops where shown on drawings and in all waterbearing walls and slabs where common to: earth-bearing or earth-support; occupied areas; or above-grade exposed surfaces. C. All joints with waterstops involving more than 2 ends to be jointed together, and all joints which involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of 2 dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated by the Contractor prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24 inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved, such 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-7 prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be butt welded to the straight run portions of waterstop. D. Waterstop splices shall have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength. 2.04 Expansion Joints A. Contractor shall provide expansion joints where indicated on Construction Drawings. Expansion joints shall consist of joint filler material and joint sealant. Filler material shall be held down 1/2 inch for sealant unless otherwise shown. B. Expansion joint filler material shall be preformed sponge neoprene or cork conforming to ASTM D 1752. Filler material containing asphalt shall not be used. 2.05 Joint Sealant A. Joint sealant for use in construction, control, and expansion joints shall be Sika Flex 2c as supplied by Sika Corporation, Select Seal U-227 reservoir grade as supplied by Select Products Co., or approved equal. Joint primer shall be as produced and/or recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Contractor shall clean all locations where sealant is placed by sandblasting and be free from oil, foreign materials, and moisture. Lower surfaces of joints shall be isolated with a bond breaker such as polyethylene, polyethylene tape, or equal as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Sealant shall be placed in strict accordance with manufacture's recommendations by a firm specializing in this type of work, or by the Contractor under direct supervision of the manufacturer. If the Contractor chooses to apply sealant, manufacturer's technical representative shall be present at the beginning of sealant placement to observe and advise on methods for mixing, joint preparation, and application of sealant. 2.06 Concrete Bond Breaker A. Bond breaker shall be Super Bond Breaker as manufactured by Burke Company. San Mateo. California: Select Cure CRB as manufactured by Select Products Co.. Upland. CA: Tilt-EEZ Bond Breaker as manufactured by Conspec: or approved equal. It shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. B. Contractor shall strictly follow manufacturer's application guidelines. Just prior to application, joint shall be thoroughly soaked so that concrete contains approximately the same surface moisture as newly cast concrete. Bond breaker shall be brush applied with a minimum of two coats. Extreme care must be taken to prevent any bond breaker from contacting waterstops. If necessary, wrap waterstop during bond breaker application. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-8 2.07 Concrete Design Requirements A. General Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates and water. These materials shall be of the qualities specified. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of the work will be determined during the trial batch. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage and, where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. Mix designs shall not contain more than 45 percent of sand of the total weight of fine and coarse aggregate. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the required results at no additional cost to the Owner. All changes shall be approved by Engineer. B. Water-Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength The minimum compressive strength and cement content of concrete shall be not less than that specified in the following tabulation. Min. 28-Day Min. Max. Compressive Max. Size Cement W/C Strength Aggregate per cu yd Ratio Type of Work (psi) (in.) (sacks) (bvwt.) Structural Concrete (Class "A"): Walls, roof slabs, floor 4,000 1 6.2 0.48 slabs, columns, and footings and all other concrete items not specified elsewhere Sitework concrete (Class "B"): 3,250 1 5.5 0.52 Lean concrete (Class "C"): 2,000 1 4.0 0.60 Note: One sack of cement equals 94 Ibs. C. Adjustments to Mix Design Mixes used shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to secure required strength, density, workability, and surface finish and Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes. Approval shall be obtained from Engineer prior to any changes. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-9 2.08 Consistency The quantity of water entering into a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce concrete which can be worked properly into place without segregation, and which can be compacted by vibratory methods herein specified to give desired density, impermeability and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature of moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of desired consistency. The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C 143. The slumps shall be as follows: Part of Work Slump (in.) Structural concrete 3 inches (±1 inch) Other work 4 inches (±1 inch) With high range water reducer added 8 inches max. 2.09 Ready-Mixed Concrete A. At Contractor's option, ready-mixed concrete may be used provided it meets all requirements as to materials, batching, mixing, transporting, and placing as specified herein and in accordance with ASTM C 94, including the supplementary requirements specified in Paragraphs 2.09B through 2.09F, herein. B. Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work, and discharge shall be completed within 90 minutes after the addition of the cement to the aggregates or before the drum has been revolved 250 revolutions, whichever is first. In hot weather (ambient temperature above 95°F) or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. C. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically-actuated counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified. The counter shall be of the resettable, recording type, and shall be mounted in the driver's cab. The counters shall be actuated at the time of starting mixers at mixing speeds. D. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 70 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. All materials including mixing water shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the revolution counter for determining the number of revolution of mixing. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-10 E. Truck mixers and their operation shall be such that the concrete throughout the mixed batch as discharged is within acceptable limits of uniformity with respect to consistency, mix, and grading. If slump tests taken at approximately the 1/4 and 3/4 points of the load during discharge give slumps differing by more than 1 inch when the specified slump is 4 inches or less, or if they differ by more than 2 inches when the specified slump is more than 4 inches, the mixer shall not be used on the work unless the causing condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump tests. All mechanical details of the mixer, such as water measuring and discharge apparatus, condition of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit, and clearance of the drum, shall be checked before a further attempt to use the unit will be permitted. F. Each batch of ready-mixed concrete delivered at the job site shall be accompanied by a certified weighmaster delivery ticket furnished to the Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 1.03B, herein. G. Non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete shall not be used. Combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete shall not be used. The quality and quantity of materials used in ready- mixed concrete and in batch aggregates may be subject to continuous inspection at the batching plant by the Engineer. H. Transit mix trucks delivering concrete to the site shall have full water tanks upon arrival at the site. Any addition of water must be approved by Engineer. Added water must be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 35 revolutions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Proportioning and Mixing A. Proportioning Proportioning of the concrete mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3 "Proportioning" of ACI 301; provided, that the maximum slump for any concrete shall not exceed 4 inches except when the use of high range water reducer is permitted which increases the maximum slump to 8 inches. B. Mixing Mixing of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 of said ACI 301 specifications. C. Slump Maximum slumps shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.08A, herein. D. Retempering Concrete or mortar which has partially hardened shall not be retempered. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-11 3.02 Preparation of Surfaces for Concreting A. General Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling, prior to placing any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. These surfaces shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Joints in Concrete The location of all construction joints not specifically noted or shown shall be approved by Engineer. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the old concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as determined by the Engineer, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for good bond. Except where the drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign material. Such cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting to remove laitance and to provide a uniform surface texture with approximately 1/4 inch of surface sandblasted off. Sandblasting shall be followed by thorough washing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed. C. Placing Interruptions When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union with subsequent work; provided that construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the Engineer. D. Embedded Items Concrete shall not be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed and accepted by the Engineer at least 4 hours before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. E. All inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein. F. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms where shown on Contract Drawings and shall be acceptable to the Engineer before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the Contractor. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-12 G. Concrete anchor bolts and expansion anchors shall be inserted to the minimum depths listed below unless noted otherwise: Reinforced Size Concrete 1/4" 3" 3/8" 4" 1/2" 5" 3/4" 6" Expansion anchors shall be red head wedge, self-driving, stud, multi-set, or equal. H. All smooth dowels shall have at least one side coated with a bond breaker. Dowel bond breaker shall be a heavy duty industrial grease hand applied. A wax paper or PVC sleeve may be used at the Contractor's option if specifically manufactured to create slip dowels. Paper tubing shall be multi-ply stock and heavily impregnated with paraffin. Maximum sleeve thickness shall be 1/16" and sleeve shall fit snugly over dowel. I. Casting New Concrete Against Old Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 60 days of age), surfaces of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by sand-blasting (exposing aggregate) prior to placement. J. Concrete shall not be placed in any old or new structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the work. Concrete shall not be deposited underwater nor shall the Contractor allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such a manner and at such velocity as to injure the surface finish of the concrete. Contractor shall provide pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing groundwater, if required, with methods subject to review by Engineer. K. Corrosion Protection Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Contractor shall not secure such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement. L. Anchor Bolts shall be accurately set, and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-13 M. Cleaning Surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before concrete is placed. 3.03 Handling, Transporting, and Placing A. General Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and the requirements of this section. B. Non-Conforming Work or Materials Concrete which upon or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements specified herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from the work. Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these specifications, or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. C. Unauthorized Placement Concrete shall not be placed except in the presence of duly authorized representative of the Engineer. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of placement of any concrete. D. Placement in Wall Forms Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, whether reinforcement is present or not, causing separation of the coarse aggregate from the mortar on account of repeatedly hitting rods or the sides of the form as it falls, nor shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete. In such cases, some means such as the use of hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber, or metal shall be used for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it may reach the place of final deposit without separation. In no case shall the free fall of concrete exceed 4 feet below the ends of ducts, chutes, or buggies. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the process of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion be displaced in the forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction. Concrete in forms shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; and Contractor shall take care to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where such are required for sloping members. Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-14 E. Placement in Slabs Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As the work progresses, concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope direction. F. Temperature of Concrete Temperatures of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 40 degrees F in moderate weather, and not less than 50 degrees F in weather during which the mean daily temperature drops below 40 degrees F. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the specified minimum temperature. If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, Contractor shall employ effective means, such as precooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F. Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation on account of the foregoing requirements. G. Cold Weather Placement Earth foundations shall be free from frost or ice when concrete is placed upon or against them. Fly ash concrete shall not be placed when the air temperature falls below 50 degrees F. 3.04 Pumping of Concrete A. General If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, Contractor shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment Pumping equipment must have 2 cylinders and be designed to operate with one cylinder only in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this requirement, Contractor may have a standby pump on the site during pumping. C. The minimum diameter of hose (conduits) shall be 4 inches. D. Contractor shall replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not functioning properly. E. Contractor shall not use aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-15 F. Proportioning Minimum compressive strength, cement content, and maximum size of aggregates shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.07, herein. G. Gradation of coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and shall be as close to the middle range as possible. H. Gradation of fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33, with 15 to 30 percent passing the number 50 screen and 5 to 10 percent passing the number 100 screen. The fineness modules of sand used shall not be over 3.00. I. Water and slump requirements shall conform to Paragraphs 2.01 D.2 and 2.07B for water and 2.08A for slump. J. Cement and admixtures shall conform to Paragraph 2.01D, herein. 3.05 Order of Placing Concrete The order of placing concrete in all parts of the work shall be acceptable to the Engineer. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as bounded by construction joints shown. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 7 days before the contiguous unit or units are placed. 3.06 Tamping and Vibrating A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, Contractor shall insure it is thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Vibrators shall be high speed power vibrators (8000 to 10,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient number and with (at least one) standby units as required. B. Contractor shall take care in placing concrete around waterstops. Contractor shall carefully work concrete by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, the concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand, making sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Concrete surrounding the waterstops shall be given additional vibration, over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of the waterstops in the concrete. C. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred, or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools until it completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed have been worked thoroughly as specified. Vibrators shall be 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-16 inserted vertically into the concrete and pulled out slowly, penetrating 113 of the layer depth of the layer previously placed. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results herein specified within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head shall be kept from contact with the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. Finishing Concrete Surfaces A. General Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles, and dimensions shown are defined as tolerances and are specified in Paragraphs 1.04F and 1.04G, herein. These tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as described herein. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used. B. Formed Surfaces On surfaces not exposed to view, no treatment is required after form removal except for curing, repair of defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects. An architectural finish is required on exposed to view surfaces in accordance with Section 3.08 unless otherwise specified. C. Unformed Surfaces After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, all unformed top surfaces of slabs, floors, walls, and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable tools. The classes of finish specified for unformed concrete surfaces are designated and defined as follows: 1. Class "1". After the floated surface (as specified for Class "3") has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn to the surface, steel troweling shall be performed with firm pressure such as will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a dense, uniform surface free from blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. The finish shall be smooth and free of all irregularities. 2. Class "2". Steel trowel finish (as specified for Class "1") without local depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light hairbroom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise shown. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide a nonskid finish. 3. Class "3". After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces shall be float finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine using float blades. Contractor shall not excessivly float concrete 0611 9/08 MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-8 CONCRETE 03300-1 7 surfaces while the concrete is plastic or dust concrete surfaces with dry cement and sand to absorb excess moisture. Floating shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and is uniform in texture. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 1/4 inch. Joints and edges shall be tooled where shown or as determined by the Engineer. 4. Class "4". Contractor shall provide sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8 inch. No further special finish is required. Contractor shall finish unformed surfaces according to the following schedule unless otherwise shown or specified: Unformed Surface Finish Schedule Area Finish Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete Class "4" or fill material Floors to be covered with grouted tile or topping grout Class "3" Slabs which are water bearing with slopes 10 percent and less Class "1" Sloping slabs which are water bearing with slopes greater Class "2" than 10 percent Slabs not water bearing Class "2" Slabs to be covered with built-up roofing Class "3" Interior slabs and floors to receive architectural finish Class "3" 3.08 Architectural Finish A. Smooth Sacked Finish Contractor shall provide architectural finish for exposed to view concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces include the exterior of structures beginning one foot below grade, the tops of walls, and the interior' of water holding structures beginning at the top of wall and extending to one foot below the low water line. Architectural finish shall also be provided for interior exposed to view concrete surfaces. All other incidental exposed to view concrete surfaces shall be provided with an architectural finish such as concrete stairways, concrete containment facilities around chemical storage tanks, elevated walkways, and the like. Architectural finish (i.e., smooth sacked finish) shall also be provided where shown. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-18 B. Immediately after the forms have been stripped, the concrete surface shall be inspected by Engineer and any pour joints, voids, rock pockets, or other defective areas shall be repaired by Contractor and all form-tie fastener holes filled as required in Paragraphs 3.12 and 3.13, herein. C. After the concrete has cured at least 14 days, Contractor shall remove curing compound by sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted, and a grout shall be applied with a brush. The grout shall be made by mixing one part Portland cement and one part of fine sand that will pass a No. 16 sieve with sufficient water to give it the consistency of thick paint. The cement used in said grout shall be 1/2 gray and 1/2 white portland cement, as determined by the Engineer. White portland cement shall be Atlas white, or equal, furnished by the Contractor. The freshly applied grout shall be vigorously rubbed into the concrete surface with a wood float filling all small air holes. After all the surface grout had been removed with a steel trowel, the surface shall be allowed to dry and, when dry, shall be vigorously rubbed with burlap to remove completely all surface grout so that there is no visible paint-like film of grout on the concrete. The entire cleaning operation for any area shall be completed the day it is started, and grout shall not be left on the surface overnight. D. Surface Overnight Cleaning operations for any given day shall be terminated at panel joints. Contractor shall insure that the various operations be carefully timed to secure the desired effect which is a light-colored concrete surface of uniform color and texture without any appearance of a paint or grout film. E. In the event that improper manipulation results in an inferior finish, Contractor shall rub such inferior areas with carborundum bricks. F. Before beginning any of the final treatment on exposed surfaces, Contractor shall treat in a satisfactory manner a trial area of at least 200 square feet in some inconspicuous place selected by the Engineer and shall preserve said trial area undisturbed until the completion of the job. G. All architecturally-treated concrete surfaces shall conform to the accepted sample in texture, color, and quality. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain and protect the concrete finish. 3.09 Curing and Dampproofing A. General All concrete shall be cured for not less than 14 days after placing in accordance with the methods specified herein for the different parts of the work as follows: Surface to be Cured or Dampproofed Method Unstripped forms 1 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-19 Wall sections with forms removed 4 Construction joints between footings and walls, and 2 between floor slab and columns Encasement concrete and thrust blocks 3 All concrete surfaces not specifically provided for 4 elsewhere in this Paragraph Floor slabs on grade in hydraulic structures 5 Roof and slabs not on grade 6 B. Method 1 Wooden forms shall be wetted immediately after concrete has been placed and shall be kept wet with water until removed. If steel forms are used the exposed concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously wet until the forms are removed. If forms are removed within 14 days of placing the concrete, curing shall be continued in accordance with Method 4, Paragraph 3.09E herein. C. Method 2 The surface shall be covered with burlap mats which shall be kept wet with water for the duration of the curing period, until the concrete in the walls has been placed. No curing compound shall be applied to surfaces cured under Method 2. D. Method 3 The surface shall be covered with moist earth not less than 4 hours, nor more than 24 hours, after the concrete is placed. Earthwork operations that may damage the concrete shall not begin until at least 7 days after placement of concrete. E. Method 4 The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound. 1. Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions at a maximum coverage rate of 175 square feet per gallon and in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film which will seal thoroughly. Two spray coats shall be applied, with the second coat sprayed at right angle direction from first coat. 2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid damage to the seal during the curing period. Should the seal be damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, Contractor shall repair break immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the damaged portion. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-20 3. Wherever curing compound may have been applied by mistake to surfaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, said compound shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete. 4. Where curing compound is specified, it shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces, and within 2 hours after removal of forms from contact with formed surfaces. Repairs required to be made to formed surfaces shall be made within the said 2-hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the said 2-hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing compound, following which repairs shall be made as specified herein. F. Method 5 Immediately after the concrete has been screeded, it shall be treated with a liquid evaporation retardant. The retardant shall be used again after each work operation as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks. 1. Immediately after each square foot of the concrete has been finished, it shall be given a coat of curing compound in accordance with Method 4, Paragraph 3.09E herein. Not less than one hour nor more than 4 hours after the coat of curing compound has been applied, the surface shall be wetted with water delivered through a fog nozzle, and concrete-curing blankets shall be placed on the slabs. The curing blankets shall be polyethylene sheet, polyethylene-coated waterproof paper sheeting or polyethylene-coated burlap. The blankets shall be laid with the edges butted together and with the joints between strips sealed with 2 inch wide strips of sealing tape or with edges lapped not less than 3 inches and fastened together with a waterproof cement to form a continuous watertight joint. 2. Curing blankets shall be left in place during the 14 day curing period and shall not be removed until after concrete for adjacent work has been placed. Should the curing blankets become torn or otherwise ineffective, Contractor shall replace damaged sections. During the first 3 days of the curing period, Contractor shall not allow traffic of any nature or depositing, temporary or otherwise, of any materials on the curing blankets. During the remainder of the curing period, foot traffic and temporary depositing of materials that impose light pressure will be permitted only on top of plywood sheets 5/8 inch minimum thickness, laid over the curing blanket. Contractor shall add water under the curing blanket as often as necessary to maintain damp concrete surfaces at all times. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-21 G. Method 6 Concrete slabs shall be treated with an evaporation retardant as specified in Method 5. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum period of at least 14 consecutive days beginning immediately after the concrete has been placed or forms removed. Heavy curing mats shall be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. The curing medium shall be weighted or otherwise held in place to prevent being dislodged by wind or any other causes. Until the concrete surface is covered with the curing medium, the entire surface shall be kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow so that the surface is not marred or washed. Curing blankets and concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the use of sprinklers or other means both during and after normal working hours. Immediately after the application of water has terminated at the end of the curing period, the curing medium shall be removed and curing compound immediately applied in accordance with Method 4, Paragraph 3.09E herein. Contractor shall dispose of excess water from the curing operation to avoid damage to the work. 3.10 Protection Contractor shall protect all concrete against injury until final acceptance by the Owner. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. Contractor shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. Immediately following the first frost in the fall, Contractor shall be prepared to protect all concrete against freezing. After the first frost, and until the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite falls below 40 degrees F for more than one day, the concrete shall be maintained at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F for at least 72 hours after it is placed. 3.11 Curing in Cold Weather A. Water curing of concrete may be reduced to 6 days during periods when the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite is less than 40 degrees F; provided that, during the prescribed period of water curing, when temperatures are such that concrete surfaces may freeze, water curing shall be temporarily discontinued. B. Concrete cured by an application of curing compound will require no additional protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is obtained by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete surfaces; otherwise, concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following 72 hours protection at 50 degrees F. Concrete cured by water curing shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 3 days immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F. C. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed 40 degrees F in 24 hours. In the spring, when the mean daily 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-22 temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more than 3 successive days, the specified 72 hour protection at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F may be discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature remains above 40 degrees F; provided, that the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement. D. Where artificial heat is employed, Contractor shall take special care to prevent the concrete from drying. Use of unvented heaters will be permitted only when unformed surfaces of concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first 24 hours from an excessive carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing compound; provided, that the use of curing compound for such surfaces is otherwise permitted by these specifications. 3.12 Treatment of Surface Defects A. As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined by Engineer and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground by the Contractor in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface. Contractor shall not plaster or coat surfaces to be smoothed. Repairs shall not be made until after inspection by the Engineer. Contractor shall not in any case perform extensive patching of honeycombed concrete. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be repaired as specified herein. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects, shall be completely removed and replaced. All repairs and replacements herein specified shall be promptly executed by the Contractor at its own expense. B. Defective surfaces to be repaired as specified in Paragraph 3.12A, shall be cut back from trueline a minimum depth of 1/2 inch over the entire area. Edges shall not be feathered. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of all laitance or soft material, and not less than 1/32 inch depth of the surface film from all hard portions, by means of an efficient sandblast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of applying cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the surfaces under repair will remain moist, but not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends. The concrete shall then be patched as follows: A bonding material such as acryl 60 shall be applied to the surface of the area to be repaired just prior to application of the repair mixture. The repair mixture shall consist of one part of Type II, low alkali, portland cement to 3 parts concrete sand. Mix solution shall contain 1/3 bonder, such as acryl 60, to 2/3 water and added in quantities sufficient to allow placement but not cause hairchecking or slippage. Quantities prepared should be limited to that able to be completed within 30 minutes. Areas repaired shall be compacted with a wood ramming device and cured with the water/acryl 60 solution. Repair mixture shall be applied in maximum 1 inch lifts. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-23 For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white Portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the surrounding concrete. C. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough. These holes then shall be repaired as described in Paragraph 3.12B. D. All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work will conform to the requirements of Paragraph 3.08 or 3.09, as applicable, using approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures. 3.13 Testing of Hydraulic Structures A. General Contractor shall water test all concrete tanks, hydraulic channels, sumps, basins, and other structures designed to contain water prior to backfilling. Testing shall be accomplished by filling the structure with water. Testing shall not be performed until roof is in place (if applicable) and all concrete has attained full design strength. Contractor shall provide the following: 1. All pumps, power, piping, and any other equipment required to fill tanks for testing. 2. Necessary provisions to dispose of test water after testing, including pumping if necessary. At completion of tests all temporary piping and connections shall be removed. Waste water shall be disposed of without creating a nuisance or damage to adjacent property. B. Test Procedure The structure shall be full to high water level at beginning of test. Contractor may elect to keep the tank full of water for as long as 48 hours prior to the test to allow for water absorption by the concrete. Test period shall be 5 consecutive 24 hour periods totaling 5 consecutive days. Liquid level shall be accurately measured at the beginning and end of test to determine amount of leakage. All visible leaks shall be marked for repair after draining. Permissible leakage from the structure shall not exceed 0.5 gpm per million gallon storage capacity in each 24 hour period over a period of 5 consecutive days after allowance is made for evaporation. If the leakage exceeds the permissible amount, the structure shall be emptied, leaks shall be repaired (in a manner favorably reviewed by the Engineer), and the test rerun. Even if structure passes water loss test, all visible leakage shall be repaired. 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-24 3.14 Care and Repair of Concrete Contractor shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance of the Owner. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed work, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, fails to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 CONCRETE MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 03300-25 SECTION 16040 SHORT CIRCUIT/COORDINATION STUDY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope The Contractor shall provide short circuit and protective device evaluation and coordination study to verify protective devices selected and selective tripping coordination for proposed facilities. The evaluations and study shall include all portions of the proposed electrical distribution system from the normal power source or sources down to and including the smallest adjustable trip circuit breaker in the distribution system. Normal system connections and those which result in maximum fault conditions shall be adequately covered in the study. The study shall be performed, stamped and signed by a registered electrical engineer in the State of California. Credentials of the individual(s) performing the study and background of the firm shall be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to start of the work. A minimum of five (5) years experience in power system analysis is required for the individual in charge of the project. The firm performing the study shall provide assistance during start up as required. The Engineer performing the system studies shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of the required data immediately after award of the contract and the Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of the studies prior to final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or release of the equipment for manufacture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Short Circuit and Protective Device Evaluation and Coordination Study A. The short circuit study shall be performed in accordance with the latest applicable IEEE and ANSI standards. Provide calculation methods and assumptions, the base per unit quantities selected, one-line diagrams, source impedance data including power company system characteristics, typical calculations, tabulations of calculation quantities and results, conclusions, and recommendations. Calculate short circuit interrupting and momentary (when applicable) duties for an assumed 3-phase bolted fault at each supply switchgear lineup, unit substation primary and secondary terminals, low-voltage switchgear lineup, switchboard, motor control center, distribution panelboard, pertinent branch circuit panelboard, and other significant locations throughout the system. Provide a ground fault current study for the same system areas, including the associated zero sequence impedance data. Include in tabulations fault impedance, X to R ratios, asymmetry factors, motor contribution, short circuit kVA, and symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. 06/19/08 SHORT CIRCUIT/COORDINATION STUDY MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16040-1 B. In the protective device evaluation and coordination study include utility company device characteristics, system medium-voltage equipment relay and device characteristics, low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip device characteristics, pertinent transformer characteristics, pertinent motor and generator characteristics, and characteristics of other system load protective devices. Include at least all devices down to largest branch circuit and largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center, and main breaker in branch panelboards. Provide time-current curves graphically indicating the coordination proposed for the system. Include with each curve sheet a complete title and one-line diagram with legend identifying the specific portion of the system covered by that particular curve sheet. Include a detailed description of each protective device identifying its type, function, manufacturer, and time-current characteristics. Tabulate recommended device tap, time dial, pickup, instantaneous, and time delay settings. Include all adjustable settings for ground fault protective devices. Include manufacturing tolerance and damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics. Show transformer full load and 150, 400, or 600 percent currents, transformer magnetizing inrush, ANSI transformer withstand parameters, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. Terminate device characteristic . curves at a point reflecting the maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed. C. When emergency generator is provided, include phase and ground coordination of the generator protective devices. Show the generator decrement curve and damage curve along with the operating characteristic of the protective devices. Obtain the information from the generator manufacturer and include the generator actual impedance value, time constants and current boost data in the study. Do not use typical values for the generator. D. For motor control circuits, show the MCC full-load current plus symmetrical and asymmetrical of the largest motor starting current and time to ensure protective devices will not trip during major or group start operation. 2.02 Study Report A. The results of the power system study shall be summarized in a final report. Six (6) bound copies of the final report shall be submitted to Owner. B. The report shall include the following sections: 1. Descriptions, purpose, basis and scope of the study. 2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, fuse and other protective device ratings versus calculated short circuit duties, and commentary regarding same. 06/19/08 SHORT CIRCUIT/COORDINATION STUDY MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16040-2 3. Protective device time versus current coordination curves, tabulations of relay and circuit breaker trip settings, fuse selection, and commentary regarding same. 4. Fault current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation of computer printout. 2.03 Modifications Required by Study The Contractor shall coordinate the study results with the manufacturer and supplier of the electrical equipment to incorporate the recommendations and modifications therein, prior to fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Utility Company Approval A. Where required, copies of the final report shall be submitted to the utility company for their review and approval. Approved copies of the report shall be submitted to the Owner. 3.02 Field Settings A. The Contractor shall perform field adjustments of the protective devices as required to place the equipment in final operating condition. The settings shall be in accordance with the approved short circuit study, protective device evaluation study, and protective device coordination study. B. Necessary field settings of devices and adjustments and minor modifications to equipment to accomplish conformance with the approved short circuit and protective device coordination study shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 SHORT CIRCUIT/COORDINATION STUDY MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16040-3 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to provide a complete and operable electrical system, all accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 Reference Codes and Standards All electrical equipment and materials, including the design, construction, and installation thereof, shall comply with the following codes and standards (latest editions), as applicable. Where two codes or standards are at variance, the most stringent requirements shall govern: A. National Electric Code (NEC). B. Basic Electrical Regulations, Title 24, State Building Standards, California Administrative Code. C. Low Voltage Electrical Safety Orders, Title 8, Division of Industrial Safety, State of California. D. City and County Electrical Codes. E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). G. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). H. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). I. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Safety and Health Standards (29CFR1910 and 29CFR1926), State Building Standards, and applicable local codes and regulations. All equipment and material furnished by the Contractor shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the local agency with jurisdiction over the electrical work. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-1 1.03 Submittals A. Shop Drawings All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. Contractor shall submit complete information, drawings, and technical data for all equipment and components, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Catalog data including catalog cut sheets, bulletins, brochures, etc. Applicable sizes, model numbers, and options shall be clearly marked and delineated. 2. Connection diagrams, terminal diagrams, and internal wiring diagrams. 3. Equipment and material temperature limitations. 4. Drawings for all grounding work not specifically shown. 5. Nameplates for all electrical panels, including nameplate material, lettering height, and proposed inscriptions. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals Contractor shall submit detailed Operation and Maintenance Manuals for each item of equipment in accordance with the Special Construction Provisions. C. Record Drawings Contractor shall maintain and keep current a complete record set of construction drawings showing every change from the Contract Drawings and Specifications and the exact locations, sizes, and types of equipment and material installed. Record drawings shall show all conduit runs (sizes and number), circuits, and conductors (sizes and numbers). Record drawings shall show depths and routing of all concealed and below grade electrical installations. Record drawings shall be available to the Owner during construction and shall be delivered to the Owner upon project completion. 1.04 Delivery, Storage, and Handling A. Delivery Deliver electrical materials and equipment in manufacturer's original cartons and containers with seals intact. Deliver conductors on sealed reels. Deliver large multi-component equipment in sections to facilitate field handling and installation. B. Storage Unless designed for outdoor exposure, store electrical equipment and material of the ground and under cover. Equipment and material shall be protected from weather, corrosion, contamination, and deterioration. Dents, marred finishes, and other damage shall be repaired to its original condition or replaced as directed by the Owner. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-2 C. Handling All equipment and material shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Large or heavy items shall be lifted at the points designed by the manufacturer. Equipment and material shall be handled and installed as necessary to prevent damage. 1.05 Public Utilities A. Contractor shall obtain electrical service requirements from public utility furnishing electrical power to the project. Contractor shall coordinate installation of power service with public utility. Contractor shall obtain, at his expense, all permits, licenses, and inspections required for electrical construction work by public utilities having jurisdiction. B. Contractor shall furnish and install all service conduit, fittings, transformer pad(s), manholes, vaults, grounding, and conductors not furnished by the serving utility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL label, where UL requirements apply. All equipment and material shall be of industrial grade and be capable of long term, reliable, and trouble-free service. Similar equipment and material items shall be products of the same manufacturer. 2.02 Grounding A. Grounding and grounding components shall comply with the applicable requirement of the NEC, Article 250. B. Grounding cable shall be stranded copper and shall be sized in accordance with Code requirements when sizes are not shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall submit shop drawings for all grounding work not shown on the Drawings. C. Grounding rods shall conform to ANSI/UL 467 and shall be copper-clad steel, 3/4-inch (minimum) in diameter and 10 feet (minimum) in length. Rods shall be driven in the ground at least 9' -6" deep. • Provide the number of rods required to obtain proper ground resistance, as applicable to all manholes, padmount switches, transformers, service entrances, etc. D. Ground rod mechanical connector bodies shall be manufactured from high strength, high conductivity cast copper alloy material. Bolts, nuts, washers and lockwashers shall be made of silicon bronze and supplied as a part of the connector body and shall be of the two bolt type. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-3 Split bolt connector types are not allowed. The connectors shall meet or exceed the requirements of UL 467 and be clearly marked with manufacturer and conductor size. E. Ground rod compression connectors shall be manufactured from pure wrought copper. The conductivity of this material shall be no less than 99% by IACS standards. The connectors shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of IEEE 837, latest revision. The connectors shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer and conductor size. The installation of the connectors shall be made with a compression, tool and die system, as recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Each connector shall be factory filled with an oxide-inhibiting compound. 2.03 Manholes and Pull Boxes A. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be of precast concrete, designed for H-20 traffic loading. Concrete sections shall modular with tongue and groove joints. A continuous waterproof gasket shall be provided at all section and slab joints. Manhole and Pull-Box minimum inside dimensions shall be as shown on the Drawings. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be equipped with galvanized steel pulling irons opposite each ductbank entrance. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be provided with a sump opening and one (1) one-inch ground rod opening in the base section. Sump opening shall be provided with cast iron perforated cover. Manhole and Pull-Boxes shall be placed on a 12" thick crushed rock base. B. Manhole covers shall be cast iron, 30" round (minimum), designed for H-20 traffic loading, and supported on the necking section. Pull-Box covers shall be hot dipped galvanized, checkered plate steel suitable for H-20 traffic loading (unless noted otherwise), and bolted down to cast-in-place hot dipped galvanized steel frames with stainless steel hardware. Manhole and Pull-Box covers shall be marked "High Voltage Electric", unless noted otherwise. C. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be provided with cable supports as required to support cable at 3-foot (minimum) intervals. Cable supports shall be fabricated from hot dipped galvanized or fiberglass strut channel and attached to slotted galvanized steel channel cast-in-place inserts. Provide glazed porcelain insulators with channel clamps for support channels. Strap cable to insulators with plastic tie wraps. All phase and ground cables in each circuit shall be kept together and contained on/in the porcelain cable supports. No phase cable shall be run separate from the other two phases and ground. D. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be provided with knockouts for connections to all underground conduit and ductbanks. Ductbank entrances shall be grouted flush with non-shrink grout. Ducts and conduits shall be terminated with flush-end bells. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-4 E. One ground rod shall be provided for each manhole and pull-box, unless otherwise noted. Provide #4/0 bare stranded copper ground wire completely around the inside perimeter of each manholes and pull-box and anchor to walls. Connect the ground wire to the ground rod. Bond the bare copper ground wire to any splice shield wires, ground wires, cable racks, cover frames, sump frames and other metal items in the manholes. All separate ground wires accompanying circuits shall be grounded in each manhole passed through. F. Manholes and Pull-Boxes shall be manufactured by Brooks, Quikset, or equal. 2.04 Conduit A. General Each length of conduit shall bear the UL label and be a minimum size of 3/4", unless noted otherwise. Exposed elbows shall be standard radius sweeps meeting the requirements of the NEC. Buried or concealed elbows shall be long radius sweeps. B. Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Rigid steel conduit shall be Schedule 40 steel, pipe size, finished inside and out by hot-dipped galvanizing, and shall conform with ANSI C80.1 and UL. All rigid steel conduit in direct contact with the ground or concrete shall be protected by double wrapping with 20 mil PVC tape. 2. Couplings shall be galvanized steel. 3. Insulating Bushings: threaded malleable iron with thermoplastic liner. 4. Insulated Grounding Bushings: threaded malleable iron body with insulated thermoplastic liner throat and "lay-in" ground lug with compression screw. 5. Insulated Metallic Bushings: threaded malleable iron body with plastic insulated throat. 6. Running threads are not acceptable. C. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit 1. Conduit shall be Schedule 40 steel, pipe size, finished inside and out by hot-dipped galvanizing, and shall conform with ANSI C80.1 and UL. A PVC coating of 40 mils (minimum) thickness shall be bonded to the outer galvanized surface of the conduit and a urethane coating shall be applied to the interior surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic. A PVC jacketed coupling shall be furnished with each length of conduit. PVC coated rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be manufactured by Robroy, Occidental, or equal. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-5 2. Conduit fittings shall be PVC coated and furnished by the same manufacturer as the conduit to provide a complete and compatible protective system. PVC coated fittings and couplings shall have specially formed sleeves to tightly seal to conduit PVC coating. The sleeves shall extend beyond the fitting or coupling a distance equal to the conduit outside diameter or two inches, whichever is greater. D. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit shall be UL listed, sunlight resistant, Schedule 40 polyvinyl- chloride (PVC) conduit, rated for 90° C conductors, and manufactured to NEMA TC-2 standards. 2. Couplings and connectors shall be of the same manufacturer as the conduit and shall be joined as recommended by the manufacturer. All PVC conduits shall be terminated with approved connectors or end bells. E. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. Conduit shall be formed of cold rolled strip steel, electroplated, and shall meet ANSI and UL requirements. 2. Couplings shall be electroplated steel, UL listed rain and concrete tight. 3. Connectors shall be gland compression type with insulated plastic throat. F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit shall be liquid tight and shall have an interlocking flexible galvanized steel core with permanently bonded continuous exterior gray PVC jacket. Exterior jacket shall be moisture and oil-proof, and UV protected. A copper bonding conductor shall be included between the segments. Interior surfaces shall be smooth and offer minimum drag to pulling conductors. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be as manufactured by Anaconda, Electroflex, or equal. 2. Connectors shall be the screw clamp or screw-in (Jake) variety with cast malleable iron bodies and threaded male hubs with insulated throats or insulated bushings. Liquid-tight fittings shall be of cadmium plated cast malleable iron, with insulated throat, with provisions for grounding. 2.05 Non-Metallic Cable Tray A. General Non-metallic cable tray shall be ladder-type conforming to applicable sections of NEMA FG-1 and ASTM E-84. Non-metallic cable tray system shall be constructed of fire-retardant polyester resin. All composite material shall be 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-6 provided with an ultra-violet light inhibiting chemical additive and meet ASTM E- 84, maximum 25 flame spread (Class 1 rating). Cable tray load class shall be selected based upon the weight of specified cables/conductors shown on the Drawings with a 25% additional weight allowance for future cables/conductors while maintaining a minimum safety factor of 1.5. The non-metallic cable tray system shall be as manufactured by Enduro Composite Systems, Inc., or equal. B. Construction Unless specified otherwise, cable tray shall conform to the following dimensional requirements: Nominal Width = 12" minimum Cable Loading Depth = 4" minimum Rung Spacing = 6" Fitting Radius = 12" minimum Cable tray side rail members shall turn inward. Rungs and side members shall be connected by both mechanical and chemical (adhesive) means. All bonded connections shall be sanded to maximize adhesion and structural integrity. The cable tray interior shall be clear of all projections or sharp objects. All straight sections and fittings shall be pre-drilled to accept connector plates. All cut ends and drilled holes (factory and field) shall be sealed with resin coating. All fittings shall be designed and installed so as to have the same load carrying capacity as straight sections. Unless specified otherwise, all fittings shall be concentric curved molded type, not mitered. C. Connections. Accessories, and Supports Connector plates shall be fiberglass and designed to transfer cable tray loads to the support system. Fasteners for connector plates shall be Type 316 stainless steel or FRP studs and hex nuts as required. Where specified on the Drawings, cable trays shall be provided with fiberglass flat covers. Cable tray support systems shall be constructed of polyester or vinyl ester resin strut channels (single or double channel as necessary) and appurtenances. Support spacing shall be in accordance with the cable tray manufacturer's printed recommendations for the specified loads. Cable tray manufacturer shall provide all clamps, support assemblies, and appurtenances necessary for the installation of a complete cable tray system. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-7 2.06 Non-Metallic Wireway A. General Non-metallic wireway shall be solid bottom type construction with minimum wall thickness of 0.1875 inches. Covers and cover splice plates shall be snap-on type construction requiring no installation fasteners. The wireway system shall conform to the applicable sections of NEC Article 362. The non-metallic wireway system shall be as manufactured by Enduro Composite Systems, Inc., or equal. B. Construction Wireways, covers, and connector plates shall be pultruded utilizing polyester resin with UV light inhibiting additives and exterior nexus veil coverage. All composite material shall meet ASTM E84, maximum 25 flame spread rating. All cut ends and drilled holes (factory and field) shall be sealed with resin coating. C. Connections. Accessories, and Supports Connector plates shall be fiberglass and designed to transfer wireway loads to the support system. Fasteners for connector plates shall be Type 316 stainless steel or FRP studs and hex nuts as required. Wireways shall be provided with fiberglass flat snap-on/snap-off covers. Wireway support systems shall be constructed of polyester or vinyl ester resin strut channels (single or double channel as necessary) and appurtenances. Support spacing shall be in accordance with the wireway manufacturer's printed recommendations for the specified loads. 2.07 Conductors and Cable A. General Cables and wires shall be new, stranded conductors, solid copper, not smaller than #12 AWG (except shielded control wire) unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Insulation shall bear manufacturer's trademark, insulation designation, voltage rating, and conductor size at regular intervals. Each type of cable or wire shall be the product of a single manufacturer. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-8 B. Conductors Conductors for power service, power feeders, power circuits, and lighting feeders, lighting circuits, and control circuits shall be stranded copper, rated 600 volt, with 75° C THWN insulation, UL approved, for installation underground, in concrete, in masonry, or in wet locations. Minimum conductor size shall be # 12 AWG. C. Shielded Cable Shielded cable shall consist of minimum 3 #16 AWG, stranded, tinned-copper conductors, individually insulated with 25 mils of polyethylene and 100% aluminum foil tape. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, shielded cable shall be used for all 4-20 ma signals. Cable shall be manufactured by Belden, or equal. D. Color Coding System conductors shall be factory color coded by integral pigmentation with a separate color for each phase and neutral, or by an approved colored marking tape at all terminations and in all junction boxes, pull-boxes, and manholes. Each voltage system shall have a color coded system that shall be maintained throughout the project. Approved colored marking tape is as follows: System Service Color 120V, 1 Phase, 2 wire Line Black Neutral White 208V, 3 Phase, 4 wire Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White 480V, 3 Phase, 4 wire Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Neutral White All Ground Green & Bare Copper 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-9 2.08 Switches and Relays A. Toggle Switches B. Local single pole switches shall be flush tumbler type AC rated, quiet type, heavy duty, 20 amp minimum, rated 120/277 volt, back or side wired with binding screws. Switches shall conform to NEMA WD-1 specifications. Two pole three way and other switches shall be similar. Switches shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, or equal. Control relays shall be rated 120VAC with minimum 10A contacts, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. All control relays and relay timers shall be DIN rail mounted, with instantaneous reversible contacts, 8 or 11 pin base type only. 2.09 Receptacles A. General Purpose General purpose receptacles shall be duplex, 3-wire grounding type, rated 125 /250 volt, AC, 20 amp minimum, NEMA 5-20R, back or side wired with binding screws, as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, G.E, or equal. B. Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI) GFI receptacles shall be NEMA 5-20R configured and shall mount in a standard device box. Units shall trip at 5 milliamperes of ground current and shall comply with NEMA WD-1-1.10 and UL 943. GFI receptacles shall be capable of individual protection as well as downstream protection. 2.10 Device Boxes, Junction Boxes, and Fittings A. Device Boxes (General Purpose - Indoors or Outdoors) Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, device boxes shall malleable iron constructed with zinc or cadmium plating and enamel finish, minimum single gang size, deep box type, with treaded hubs and solid gasketed cover. Device boxes shall be properly sized for required circuitry or splicing. Surface mounted boxes shall be furnished with mounting lugs. Where located outdoors, device boxes shall be waterproof. Device boxes shall be Grouse-Hinds FD, Appleton FD, or equal. B. Junction Boxes (General Purpose - Indoors or Outdoors) Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, junction boxes shall be malleable iron constructed, rain tight, dust tight, minimum size 4"x4"x3", drilled and tapped or field installed with slip holes (alternate hub plates are acceptable). Junction boxes shall be properly sized for the number and sizes of conductors and conduit entering the box and required splicing. Provide feet where necessary for surface mounting. Junction boxes shall be Grouse-Hinds WAB, Appleton RS, or equal. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-10 C. Device Boxes (Wet or Corrosive Locations) Where specified on the Drawings, device boxes shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, minimum single gang size, deep box type, with gasket and 316 stainless steel solid cover. Device boxes shall be properly sized for required circuitry or splicing. Surface mounted boxes shall be furnished with mounting lugs or feet. Device boxes shall be NEMA 4X as manufactured by BEL Products, Inc., Gushing Manufacturing Co., or equal. D. Junction Boxes (Wet or Corrosive Locations) Where specified on the Drawings, junction boxes shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel, with gasket and 316 stainless steel solid cover. Junction box minimum size shall be 4"x4"x3". Junction boxes shall be properly sized for required circuitry or splicing. Provide feet where necessary for surface mounting. Junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X as manufactured by BEL Products, Inc., Gushing Manufacturing Co., or equal. E. Fittings Conduit fittings shall be provided where shown on the Drawings or required to facilitate installation of the electrical conduit and equipment. 1. Metallic fittings shall be constructed of malleable iron with zinc or cadmium plating and enamel finish, with gasket and cast cover. Fittings shall be Condulet Type as manufactured by Grouse-Hinds, Appleton, or equal. 2. Non-metallic fittings shall be compatible with the non-metallic conduit used and shall be of the same manufacturer. 3. Fittings shall be of the shapes, sizes, and types required to facilitate installation or removal or conductors and cables from the conduit, cable tray, and wireway systems. 4. Connectors, couplings, locknuts, bushings, and caps used with Rigid Steel conduit shall be threaded and thoroughly galvanized. Bushings shall be insulated. 5. Metallic conduit unions shall be "Erickson" couplings, or approved equal. Running threads are not acceptable. 6. Connectors for liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be liquid tight with insulating bushings and provision for ground continuity. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-11 2.11 Disconnect Switches A. Switch Interior Dead-front construction with hinged arc suppressor and switch blades which are fully visible in the "OFF" position and with door open. B. Switch Mechanism Switches shall be quick-make and quick-break with arc quenching and ambient temperature compensated overload devices. Switch operating handle and mechanism shall be provided with a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the "ON" position or closing the switch mechanism while the door is open. Switch operating handle shall be capable of being padlocked in the "OFF" position. Switches shall be manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse, Square D, or equal. C. Ratings Switches shall be horsepower rated for the operating voltage and with fused or non-fused arrangements as shown on the Drawings. D. Enclosures Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, for interior locations enclosures shall be NEMA 12 panels with hinged covers and padlockable hasps. Switches in exterior locations shall be provided with gasketed NEMA 3R enclosures with hinged covers and padlockable hasps. 2.12 Low-Voltage Cable Splices Low-voltage cable splices and terminations shall be rated at not less than 600 Volts. Splices in conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be made with an insulated, solderless, pressure type connector, conforming to the applicable requirements of UL 486A. Splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with noninsulated, solderless, pressure type connector, conforming to the applicable requirements of UL 486A and UL 486B. Splices shall then be covered with an insulation and jacket material equivalent to the conductor insulation and jacket. Splices below grade or in wet locations shall be sealed type conforming to ANSI C119.1 or shall be waterproofed by a sealant- filled, thick wall, heat shrinkable, thermosetting tubing or by pouring a thermosetting resin into a mold that surrounds the joined conductors. 2.13 Miscellaneous Equipment and Material A. Concrete Anchors Type 304 (or better) stainless steel expansion anchors (wedge or sleeve) shall be used to for mounting all electrical conduit, boxes, and equipment. NO type of explosive anchor will be permitted. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-12 D. Conduit Straps Where specified on the Drawings, conduit straps shall be malleable iron constructed, one-hold type strap with cast clam-backs and spacers as required. E. Channel (Unistrut) Supports Unless otherwise specified, support channel (Unistrut) shall be single strut type, 1-1/2" x 1-1/2", 12 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel with 17/32" diameter bolt holes on 1-1/2" centers. F. Nameplates Nameplates shall be provided for all electrical panels, enclosures, stations, and equipment furnished by the Contractor. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic, with 1/4" high white lettering on black background. Nameplates shall indicate equipment and its function. Nameplates shall be securely fastened with stainless steel drive screws or escutcheon pins. G. Panelboard Labeling Panelboard circuits shall be labeled clearly indicating which piece of equipment, outlet, lighting, receptacle, etc. is powered by the respective circuit. Labeling shall be arranged in numerical order. H. Conductor and Terminal Markers Conductor and terminal markers shall be self-adhering, pre-printed cloth or vinyl. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General A. Prefabricated Material and Equipment Installation of all prefabricated items and equipment shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. When code requirements apply to installation of materials and equipment, the more stringent requirements, code, or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions shall govern the work. B. Power Supplies to Mechanical Equipment 1. An electric power supply, including conduit, any necessary junction or outlet boxes, and conductors and connections shall be furnished and installed by Contractor for each item of mechanical equipment. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-13 2. Circuit breakers or fused disconnect protection shall be provided for each separate item of mechanical equipment shown on the Drawings, or specified in the Basic or Technical Specifications. 3. Power supplies to individual items of equipment shall be terminated in a suitable outlet or junction box adjacent to the respective item of equipment, or a junction box provided by the manufacturer of the equipment. Sufficient lengths of conductor at each location shall be provided to permit connection to equipment without damaging the conductors. 3.02 Conduit Installation A. General 1. Contractor shall install conduit and electrical equipment in locations that will cause minimal interference with the maintenance and removal of mechanical equipment. Conduits and connections are shown schematically on the Drawings. Contractor shall run conduit in a neat manner parallel or perpendicular to walls and slabs, and wherever possible, installed together in parallel runs supported with Unistrut type support system. All conduits shall be installed straight and true with reference to the adjacent work. 2. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, conduits shall be concealed in walls or in cast-in-place concrete slabs. Concealed conduits shall be run in as direct a route as possible and with bends of large radii. Floor penetrations shall be made only at specific approved locations; other penetrations are prohibited. Conduits shall be rigidly secured in position by means of approved clamps. 3. Locations of conduit runs shall be planned in advance of the installation and coordinated with the ductwork, plumbing, ceiling, and wall construction in the same areas, and shall not unnecessarily cross other conduits or pipe, nor prevent removal of nor block access to mechanical or electrical equipment. 4. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, buried conduit shall be installed with a minimum of 24" cover. All conduit trenches shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% relative compaction. Compaction in the pipe zone shall be accomplished by water jetting imported sand, one sack sand slurry cement, or equal, placed to 6" above top of conduit. Buried conduit shall be installed using approved spacers and cradles, properly supported/anchored and at sufficient intervals to prevent movement during backfill operations (maximum spacing of five feet). Where change in direction is required, long radius elbows shall be installed. Prior to installation of conductors in underground conduits, a testing mandrel not less than six (6) inches long and with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the conduit diameter shall be drawn through after which a stiff bristle brush of 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-14 the proper size for the conduits shall be drawn through until the conduits are free of all sand and gravel. 5. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, conduits cast in, under, or through concrete walls, slabs, or masonry walls shall be Rigid Steel. 6. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, buried conduit shall be Rigid Non-Metallic or Rigid Steel. Transition from PVC to Rigid Steel shall be made at the horizontal leg of the buried conduit bend. 7. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, exposed or above grade conduit shall be Rigid Steel. 8. Spare conduits shall extend a minimum of 3" above concrete slab or wall, and be provided with threaded cap and polyethylene pull rope with 100- pound (minimum) tensile strength. 9. All conduits shall be tightly sealed during construction by use of conduit plugs or "pennies" set under bushings. All conduit in which moisture or any foreign matter has collected before pulling conductors shall be cleaned and dried to the satisfaction of the Owner. 10. Conduits shall be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes, and gutters using locknuts (one inside and one outside enclosure for rigid conduit, one inside enclosure for EMT) and an insulating bushing or specified insulated connectors. Grounding bushings or bonding jumpers shall be installed on all conduits terminating at concentric knockouts. B. Rigid Steel Conduit Rigid Steel conduit installations below grade, and cast in, under, or through walls or slabs shall be double wrapped with 20-mil PVC tape. Running threads and threadless couplings will not be acceptable. Where necessary for connecting conduit, UL listed couplings or unions shall be used. All ends and joints shall be reamed smooth after cutting. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) EMT conduit shall only be installed where specifically shown on the Drawings. EMT conduit, where specified, shall be furnished with weatherproof fittings. D. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be installed in all locations for connections to equipment, including, but not limited to: motors, HVAC equipment, automatic valves, and similar devices. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-15 E. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, Schedule 40 PVC conduit may be used underground. PVC conduits shall not be run exposed. F. Supports 1. All raceway systems shall be secured to building structures using specified fasteners, clamps, Unistrut, and hangers spaced according to NEC requirements. 2. Exposed conduit shall be supported with channel supports spaced per NEC requirements (8'-0" maximum spacing) and within 18" of couplings, bends, boxes, etc., unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 3. Multiple conduit runs shall be supported using "trapeze" hangers, consisting of approved channels suspended on steel rods from ceiling inserts located not more than eight (8) feet apart. Sizes of channels and rods shall be selected as recommended by the manufacturer for span and loading conditions. G. Termination and Joints 1. Raceways shall be joined using specified couplings or transition couplings where dissimilar raceway systems are joined. 2. Conduit terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shall be made watertight using approved connectors and hubs. 3. Expansion couplings shall be installed where any conduit crosses a building separation or expansion joint, including joints in footings and gradebeams. 4. Approved cable-sealing bushings shall be installed on all conduits originating from roof and terminating in switchgear, cabinets, or gutters inside the building. 5. Conduit bodies (Condulets) are not acceptable as enclosures for splices. 6. At all conduit terminations and boxes, conductors shall be protected by a fitting equipped with a plastic bushing having a smoothly rounded insulating surface. 3.02 Conductor and Cable Installation A. General 1. Conductors shall not be installed in conduit runs until all work is completed for each individual conduit run. Care shall be taken in pulling 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-16 conductors such that insulation is not damaged. UL approved pulling compounds shall be used. 2. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, all conductors or cables shall be installed in conduit or electrical enclosures. 3. All cables shall be installed and tested in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and warranty. B. Splicing and Terminating 1. All aspects of splicing and terminating shall be in accordance with cable manufacturers published procedures. 2. All splices in outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein shall be made up with separate tails of correct color. At least six (6) inches of tails packed in box after splice is made up shall be provided. 3. All conductor and cable in panels, control centers and equipment enclosures shall be bundled and clamped. C. Identification 1. All branch-circuits shall be securely tagged, noting the purpose of each. 2. All conductors and conduit shall be numbered and labeled with vinyl wrap-around markers. Where more than two conductors run through a single outlet, each circuit shall be marked with the corresponding circuit number at the panelboard. 3. Conductors size #6 AWG and larger shall be color coded using specified phase color markers and identification tags. 4. All terminal strips shall have each individual terminal identified with specified vinyl markers. 5. Inside of all junction box cover plates shall be identified via felt-tip pen or decal label, denoting the panel and circuit numbers and voltage contained in the box. 6. All receptacles and switches shall be decal labeled on the plate, denoting the panel and circuit number. D. Connections to Circuit Breakers, Switches, and Terminal Strips: Stranded Copper Conductors 1. #12 through 8 AWG: Conductor shall be terminated in locking tongue style, pressure type, compression lugs, unless clamp type connection for stranded conductor is provided with device. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-17 2. #6 AWG and larger: Conductor shall be terminated in one-hole flat- tongue style, compression type lugs, or by connectors supplied by the manufacturer. E. Joints in Conductors in Dry Locations. Copper Conductors 1. #8 AWG and smaller: Conductors shall be twisted and secured with cap or twist-on, expandable spring type solderless connectors. 2. #6 AWG and larger: Conductor shall be joined with split bolt connectors or compression sleeves. Joints shall be insulated with rubber tape and protected with half-lapped layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape. Insulation may also be provided by UL listed pre-manufactured components such as heat-shrink or cold-shrink devices. F. Joints in Conductors in Moist Locations. Copper Conductors 1. #8 AWG and smaller: Conductor shall be securely joined as specified above, then encapsulated in epoxy (Scotchcast or approved equal). 2. #6 AWG and larger shall be joined as specified above, and suitably water treated. G. Grounding Enclosures of equipment, raceways and fixtures shall be permanently and effectively grounded. A code-sized, copper, insulated green equipment ground shall be provided for all branch circuit and feeder runs. Equipment ground shall originate at panelboard ground bus and shall be bonded to all switch and receptacle boxes and electrical equipment enclosures. Ground terminals on receptacles shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor by an insulated copper conductor. H. Signal Wiring Conductor used for alarm and control signal applications shall be identified at both ends and referenced to appropriate as-built drawings. Control wiring shall be numerically or otherwise coded in accordance with as-built control diagrams 3.03 Installation of Boxes and Wiring Devices A General 1. All outlets shall be surface mounted with walls, ceilings, and floors, except where specified to be finish flush. 2. No unused openings shall be left in any box. Close-up plugs shall be installed as required to seal openings. 3. Exposed outlet boxes and boxes in damp and wet locations shall be provided with gasketed cast metal cover plates. 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-18 B. Box Layout 1. Outlet boxes shall be installed at the locations and elevations shown on the drawings or specified herein. Adjustments to locations shall be made as required by structural conditions and to suit coordination requirements of other trades. 3.04 Transformer Installation A. Primary shall be connected to minimum value taps during construction period and prior to initial building start-up. B. Voltage readings shall be made and tap connections adjusted to nominal voltage during final construction review and prior to building occupancy. C. Transformers shall be installed on vibration pads designed to suppress the transformer vibrations. Pads shall be selected and arranged in accordance with the weights of the transformers. D. Conduit connections that will prevent transmission of the transformer vibrations to the conduit system shall be installed. E. Transformers installed against a wall shall have readily accessible primary and secondary terminals. 3.05 Protection Conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and other openings shall be kept closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. Fixtures, equipment, and apparatus shall be covered and protected against dirt, paint, water, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during the construction period. Damaged fixtures, apparatus, or equipment shall be restored to original condition prior to final acceptance, including restoration of damaged shop coats of paint. Brightly finished surfaces and similar items shall be protected until in service. No rust or damage will be permitted. 3.06 Workmanship A. Preparation, handling, and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and technical data particular to the product specified and/or approved, except as otherwise specified. B. Work shall be furnished and placed in coordination and cooperation with other trades. C. Work shall conform to the National Electrical Contractor's Association Standard of Installation for general installation practice. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 ELECTRIC MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16050-19 SECTION 16400 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Scope The Contractor shall furnish and install the free standing dead front type low voltage (600 volt) distribution switchboards, motor control centers, and utility service equipment, as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. 1.02 Quality A. The low-voltage distribution switchboard assembly and all components shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with standards of NEMA PB- 2 and UL Standard 891. B. The Motor Control Centers (MCC) and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with standards of NEMA, ANSI, and UL 845. C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. D. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. E. Manufacturer shall be Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen-Bradley, Square D, or equal. 1.03 Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. A. Shop Drawings Contractor shall submit complete information, drawings, and technical data for all equipment and components, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Drawings showing elevations, floor plan, top view, anchorage and conduit entry/exit locations. 2. Single line and unit wiring diagrams depicting internal and remote devices. 3. Nameplate schedule. 4. Starter and component schedule. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-1 5. Assembly ratings including: a. Short circuit rating. b. Voltage. c. Continuous current. 6. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage. b. Continuous current. c. Interrupting ratings. 7. Cable terminal sizes. 8. Busway connection. 9. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies. 10. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies. 11. Key interlock scheme drawing and sequence of operations. 12. Descriptive bulletins. 13. Product sheets. 14. Lateral design and equipment anchorage details, prepared and stamped by a licensed engineer, registered in the State of California. 15. Installation information prior to shipment. B. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes prior to project completion. 1. Final as built drawings and wiring diagrams. 2. Certified production test reports. C. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: "1. Instruction books and/or leaflets. 2. Drawings and information required by above. 3. Renewal Parts list showing the important maintenance items which will need to be available for proper maintenance and to provide normal equipment life. 1.04 Delivery, Storage, and Handling Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. Where stored out of doors, space heaters and thermostat controls shall be energized. 1.05 Measurements Contractor shall verify equipment proposed shall fit into the available space, coordinate installation and notify the Owner of any interferences or conflicts in the distribution and MCC system power and control wiring. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Ratings A. The distribution switchboard(s) and MCC's shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having minimum available fault current of 65,000 amperes symmetrical at rated voltage unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Voltage rating shall be 600 volts, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. B. The MCC(s) shall be 600 volt class, suitable for operation on a three-phase, 60- Hertz system. The system operating voltage and number of conductors shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 2.02 Distribution Switchboard Construction A. Refer to Drawings for actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, and components; voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; interrupting and withstand ratings of devices, buses, and components; and other required details. B. Distribution switchboard(s) shall be as manufactured by Cutler- Hammer/Westinghouse, General Electric, Square D, or equal. C. Standard Features 1. Switchboards shall be fully self-supporting structures with 90 inch tall vertical sections (excluding lifting eyes and pull boxes) with the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form a rigid assembly arrangement. The sides and rear shall be covered with removable bolt- on covers. All edges of front covers or hinged front panels shall be formed. Provide adequate ventilation within the enclosure. 2. Switchboards shall be NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R non-walk-in deadfront construction as shown on the Drawings. NEMA 3R construction shall be as listed below. 3. Switchboard frame shall be die formed, 12 gauge steel with reinforced corner gussets. Frame shall be rigidly bolted to support cover plates (code gauge steel), bus bars and installed devices during shipment and installation. 4. All sections may be rolled, moved, or lifted into position. Switchboards shall be capable of being bolted directly to the floor without the use of floor sills. 5. All switchboard sections shall have open bottoms and removable top plates to install conduit. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-3 6. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, switchboard sections shall be front-access only. Front-access only switchboard sections shall be front and rear aligned for placement against a wall. Where specified on the Drawings as front and rear access, switchboards shall be front and rear aligned. 7. Switchboards shall be UL listed. 8. Switchboards that are series rated to short circuit requirements shall be appropriately labeled. Tested UL listed combination ratings shall be included in UL recognized Component Directory (DKSY2). 9. All covers shall be fastened by hex head bolts. 10. Provide hinged doors over metering compartments and individually mounted device compartments. All doors shall have concealed hinges and be fastened by hex head bolts. 11. Switchboard protective devices shall be furnished as listed on Drawings and specified herein, including interconnections, instrumentation, and control wiring. Switchboards and devices shall be rated for the voltage and frequency listed on the Drawings. 12. Switchboard current ratings, including all devices, shall be based on a maximum ambient temperature of 25°C per UL Standard 891. With no derating required, temperature rise of switchboards and devices shall not exceed 65°C in a 25°C ambient environment. 13. Switchboard Service Entrance sections shall comply with UL Service Entrance requirements including a UL service entrance label, incoming line isolation barriers, and a removable neutral bond to switchboard ground for solidly grounded wye systems. 14. The group mounted feeder breaker and/or main devices within switchboards shall be circuit breakers only. Mounting for the group mounted devices shall be by bolted connections. No plug-in type connections shall be used for current carrying components. D. The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means. 2.03 Distribution Switchboard Bus A. All bus bars shall be silver plated copper. Main horizontal bus bars shall be mounted with all three phases arranged in the same vertical plane. Bus sizing shall be based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient temperature outside the enclosure. Minimum bus rating shall be as specified on the Drawings. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-4 B. A copper ground bus (minimum 1/4 x 2 inch) shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard. C. All hardware used on conductors shall be high-tensile strength and zinc plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring type washers. 2.04 Distribution Switchboard Wiring/Terminations A. Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the switchboard shall be furnished as required. Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. B. Mechanical type terminals shall be provided for all line and load terminations suitable for copper or aluminum cable rated for 75 degrees C of the size as indicated on the Drawings. C. Lugs shall be provided in the incoming line section for connection of the main grounding conductor. Additional lugs for connection of other grounding conductors shall be provided as indicated on the Drawings. D. All control wire shall be type SIS, bundled and secured with nylon ties. Insulated locking spade terminals shall be provided for all control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided integral to a device. All current transformer secondary leads shall first be connected to conveniently accessible short circuit terminal blocks before connecting to any other device. All groups of control wires leaving the switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips. Provide wire markers at each end of all control wiring. 2.05 Molded Case Circuit Breakers A. Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. Ground fault protection shall be provided where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Circuit breakers shall be operated by a toggle-type handle and shall have a quick-make, quick-break over-center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip-free. Automatic tripping of the breaker shall be clearly indicated by the handle position. Contacts shall be nonwelding silver alloy, and arc extinction shall be accomplished by means of DE-ION arc chutes. A push-to-trip button on the front of the circuit breaker shall provide a local manual means to exercise the trip mechanism. C. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum symmetrical interrupting capacity matching the distribution switch board or MCC where installed or as shown on the Drawings. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-5 D. Circuit breakers, 400 ampere frame and below, shall be provided with thermal- magnetic trip units and inverse time-current characteristics unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Circuit breakers, 600 ampere through 2500 ampere frame and circuit breakers used as main to disconnect utility power, shall be provided with microprocessor- based RMS sensing trip units. 1. Each molded case circuit breaker microprocessor-based tripping system shall consist of three current sensors, a trip unit, and a flux-transfer shunt trip. The trip unit shall use microprocessor-based technology to provide the adjustable time-current protection functions. True RMS sensing circuit protection shall be achieved by analyzing the secondary current signals received from the circuit breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators when predetermined trip levels and time delay settings are reached. 2. Interchangeable rating plugs shall establish the continuous trip ratings of each circuit breaker. Rating plugs shall be fixed or adjustable as indicated. Rating plugs shall be interlocked so they are not interchangeable between frames, and interlocked such that a breaker cannot be closed and latched with the rating plug removed. 3. The microprocessor-based trip unit shall have thermal memory capabilities to prevent the breaker from being reset following an overload condition until after a preset time delay. 4. When the adjustable instantaneous setting is omitted, the trip unit shall be provided with an instantaneous override. Internal ground fault protection adjustable pick-up ratings shall not exceed 1200 amperes. Provide neutral ground fault current sensor for four wire loads. 5. Breakers shall have built-in test points for testing the long time delay, instantaneous, and ground fault functions of the breaker by means of a 120-volt operated test set. Provide one test set capable of testing all breakers 400 ampere frame and above. 6. System coordination shall be provided by the following microprocessor- based time-current curve shaping adjustments: Adjustable long time pick-up and delay Adjustable short time pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping Adjustable instantaneous pick-up Adjustable ground fault pick-up and delay, with selective curve shaping F. Where shown, provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100% of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-6 G. Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the Drawings. 2.06 Bolted Pressure Switches A. Where shown on the Drawings, fusible bolted pressure switches protective devices shall be bolted pressure contact type and shall be UL listed. B. Switches shall be furnished with Class L fuse clips. Switch contact interrupting capacity shall be 12 times the continuous rating of the switch. C. Fuse access door shall be mechanically interlocked with the operating handle and shall have provisions for padlocking the switch in the open position. D. The switch shall utilize a stored energy dead front operating mechanism compressed and released by the operating handle, to provide quick positive switching action independent of the speed of the operating handle. E. Switches shall electrically tripped unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. Electrically tripped switches shall be designed to be closed only after the opening spring has been charged, ready for electrical opening by solenoid or manual opening by the mechanical push-button. F. Supply electrically tripped switch(es) with the following accessories where indicated on the Drawings: 1. Ground fault protection including Test Panel. 2. Single phase protection to open the switch(es) upon loss of any phase from the source. 3. Blown Fuse Protection to open the switch upon blowing of one or more of the fuses. G. Provide Class L fuses as shown on the Drawings. 2.07 Quick-Make/Quick-Break Fusible Switches A. Protective devices shall be quick-make/quick-break fusible switches as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen-Bradley, Square D, or equal. Fusible switches, 100 amperes through 600 amperes frames, shall be furnished with rejection Class "R" or "T" type fuse clips unless otherwise specified. Fusible switches, 800 amperes through 1200 amperes, shall be furnished with Class L fuse clips. Switches shall incorporate safety cover interlocks to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the "ON" position or prevent placing the switch in the "ON" position with the cover open. Provide defeater for authorized personnel. Handles shall have provisions for padlocking and shall clearly indicate the "ON" or "OFF" position. Front cover doors shall be padlockable in the closed position. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-7 B. The 400 through 1200 ampere switches shall be designed to accommodate UL listed shunt trip. Where shown on the Drawings, furnish the following accessories: 1. UL listed 120 volt AC shunt trip. 2. Zero sequence ground protection system including test panel. Ground fault relay shall include separate time and current pick-up adjustments. 2.08 MCC Construction A. MCC(s) shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen- Bradley, Square D, or equal. Wiring shall be NEMA Class 11, Type B. B. Structures shall be totally enclosed deadfront, free-standing assemblies. They shall be 90± inches high and 21 ± inches deep. Each structure shall be minimum 20± inches wide and wider where shown on the Drawings, or where required to house components shown on the Drawings. Structures shall contain a horizontal wireway at the top, isolated from the horizontal bus and shall be readily accessible through a hinged cover. Adequate space for conduit and wiring to enter the top or bottom shall be provided without structural interference. C. Compartments for mounting control units shall be incrementally arranged such that not more than twelve Size 1 starters can be mounted within each vertical structure. Guide rails shall be provided. D. A vertical wireway with minimum of 35 square inches of cross sectional area shall be adjacent to each vertical unit and shall be covered by a hinged door. Wireways shall contain steel rod cable supports. E. All full voltage starter units through NEMA Size 5 shall be of the drawout type. Drawout provisions shall include a positive guide rail system and stab shrouds to absolutely ensure alignment of stabs with the vertical bus. Drawout units shall have a tin-plated stab assembly for connection to the vertical bus. No wiring to these stabs shall extend into the bus compartment. Interior of all units shall be painted white for increased visibility. Units shall be equipped with side-mounted, positive latch pull-apart type control terminal blocks rated 600 volts. Knockouts shall be provided for the addition of future terminal blocks. In addition, a master terminal block, when Type C wiring is specified, shall be drawout and shall be located in the bottom wireway, readily accessible through a hinged cover. All internal control wire to be 14 gauge minimum. F. All drawout units shall be secured by a spring-loaded quarter turn indicating type fastening device located at the top front of the unit. Each unit compartment shall be provided with an individual front door. G. An operating mechanism shall be mounted on the primary disconnect of each starter unit. It shall be mechanically interlocked with the unit door to prevent access unless the disconnect is in the OFF position. A defeater shall be provided to bypass this interlock. With the door open, an interlock shall be 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-8 provided to prevent inadvertent closing of the disconnect. A second interlock shall be provided to prevent removal or re-insertion of the unit while in the ON position. Padlocking facilities shall be provided to positively lock the disconnect in the OFF position with from one to three padlocks with the door open or closed. In addition, means shall be provided to padlock the unit in a partially withdrawn position with the stabs free of the vertical bus. 2.09 MCC Bus A. Each structure shall contain a main horizontal copper tin plated or copper silver plated bus, with minimum ampacity rating of 600 amperes or as shown on the Drawings. 1200 amp horizontal bus shall be provided for meter and distribution panel. The horizontal bus shall be rated at 50 degrees C temperature rise over a 40 degree C ambient temperature in compliance with UL standards. Vertical busses feeding unit compartments shall be copper and shall be securely bolted to the horizontal main bus. All joints shall be front accessible for ease of maintenance. The vertical bus shall have a minimum rating of 300 amperes for front mounted units. 600 amp vertical bus shall be provided for rneter and distribution panel. B. Isolation of the vertical bus compartment from the unit compartment shall be by means of a full height insulating barrier. This barrier shall be a single sheet of glass reinforced polyester with cutouts to allow the unit stabs to engage the vertical bus. Provide snap-in covers for all unused openings. C. Busses shall be braced for minimum 65,000 amperes RMS symmetrical unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2.10 MCC Motor Controllers (Combination Starters) Motor controllers shall consist of combination starter units with motor circuit protectors, molded case circuit breakers, or fusible switches and motor starters with thermal bimetallic overload relays, or current sensor type with microprocessor control. Specific type of short circuit protection, line starter, and auxiliary equipment shall be as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. Combination starter units shall be of the type shown on the Drawings and shall be full voltage non-reversing, rated minimum 65,000 amperes RMS, symmetrical at 480 V unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. A. Motor Circuit Protectors shall be as manufactured by Cutler- Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen Bradley, Square D, or equal. The motor circuit protection shall provide adjustable magnetic protection and be provided with pin insert to stop magnetic adjustment at 1300% motor nameplate full load current to comply with NEC requirements. All combination starter units shall have a "tripped" position on the unit disconnect and a push-to-test button on the motor circuit protector. Motor circuit protectors shall include transient override feature for motor inrush current. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-9 B. Fusible Switches Fusible switches shall be quick-make, quick-break, with Class R type fuse clips and dual element time delay fuses. C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers Molded case circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type per Section 2.05 herein, and shall only be provided where specifically specified on the Drawings. D. Motor starters shall be electrically operated, electrically held, three-pole assemblies with arc extinguishing characteristics and shall have silver-to-silver renewable contacts. They shall have provisions for a total of eight NO or eight NC auxiliary contacts. The overload protection shall consist of the following types as specified on the Drawings: 1) Motor starter with integral current sensor and overload device Overload protection shall consist of one current sensor located in each phase monitored by a microprocessor that yields a time current curve closely paralleling that of motor heating damage boundary, accurate to 2%. Running overload protection shall be DIP switch selectable for the specific motor full load amperes within the starter range. Provide DIP switch selectable overload trip class of 10, 20, and 30. Line starters shall be Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse "Advantage", Square D "Motor Logic", Allen Bradley "SMC", or equal, and shall provide the following features: Motor starters shall monitor current in each phase to provide phase loss and phase unbalance protection, such that if the unbalance on any of two phases is greater than 30% of the DIP switch selected trip rating, a phase loss/unbalance trip occurs. Provide phase loss/unbalance protection which requires no time delay for reset. Motor starters shall provide Class II ground fault protection. Ground fault protection shall be set at 20% of maximum continuous ampere rating and have a start delay of 20 seconds, and a run delay of 1 second to prevent nuisance trip on starting. Microprocessor shall measure control circuit voltage and prevent closing of the coil on low voltage (78 volts AC) and/or high voltage (135 volts AC) conditions which are outside of the coil ratings. Microprocessor shall apply voltage to the coil such that a guaranteed maximum of 2 milliseconds of main contact bounce occurs on contactor closure. Microprocessor shall continuously measure coil circuit voltage and current so as to maintain constant coil power at a level to maintain main contact closure and minimize coil power consumption. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-10 Provide a Metering Module for each starter capable of displaying cause of trip, current at time of trip, and current in each phase. 2) Motor starters with separate electronic current sensor and overload device. Overload protection shall consist of a solid state electronic overload relay suitable to measure current, current versus time, and unbalanced phase current with current transformers as required. Number of windings and calculations for setting shall be submitted to Owner by the Contractor. 3) Motor starters with thermal bimetallic overload relay. Overload protection shall consist of thermal bimetallic ambient compensated type overloads. Sizes shall be determined by the Contractor based on characteristics of actual motor furnished. E. Each starter (unless otherwise shown) shall be equipped with indicating lights, selector switches, elapsed time meter, and auxiliary contacts, as shown on the Drawings. Number of auxiliary contacts shall be as required for specific motor control. In addition, 2NO and 1NC spare contacts shall be provided. 2.11 Power Meter, Monitor, and Protection Device A. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide a digital line Meter, Monitor, and Protection (MM&P) device, having the features and functions specified below. The MM&P shall consist of a single microprocessor-based unit capable of monitoring and displaying the functions listed below with the accuracy indicated; the MM&P shall auto range between Units, Kilo-units, and Mega-units. The MM&P shall provide the adjustable protection functions indicated and the capability to communicate data via twisted pair network. The MM&P shall be UL recognized, CSA certified, and also meet ANSI Standard C37.90. The MM&P shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen-Bradley, Square D, or equal. Metered Values (Accuracy % Displayed Value) Protective Functions AC Phase Amperes (1%) Voltage Phase Loss (less than 50% RMS) AC Phase Voltage (1%) Current Phase Loss (1/16 largest phase) Watts (2%) Phase Voltage Unbalance (5 to 40% - 5% steps) Vars (2%) Phase Voltage Reversal Power Factor (4%) Overvoltage (105 to 140% - 5% steps) Frequency (0.5%) Undervoltage (95-60% - 5% steps) Watt-hours (2%) Time Delay for Overvoltage, Watt Demand (2%) with (5-, 10-, Undervoltage, and Phase Unbalance (0 15-, 30-min. interval) to 8 sec. -1 sec. steps) 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-11 B. Input ranges of the MM&P shall accommodate external current transformers with ranges from 100/5 through 5000/5 amperes. Provide three (3) external current transformers with rating as indicated on the Drawings or sized for incoming service. Potential transformers shall be self included and fused up to 600 volts. Above 600 volts, provide fused external potential transformers. Synchronizing pulse input shall be provided and when activated shall override the preset watt demand interval and let the utility control the demand window. C. Control power shall be capable of being supplied from the monitored incoming AC line without the need for a separate AC supply control circuit. D. Outputs shall have separate Form C (NO/NC) trip and alarm contacts with ratings of 10 amperes at 115/240-volt AC or 30-volt DC resistive. In addition, provide a separate Form C (NO/NC) contact to provide a programmable kilowatt- hour pulse output. E. The display face shall be membrane type and rated suitable for NEMA 3R and NEMA 12 mounting. The MM&P shall have a durable 6-digit LED display screen. The display screen and LEDs shall indicate both cause of trip and alarm conditions. Unit shall be mounted in the switchgear or MCC section door as shown on the Drawings. F. Provide an addressable communication card capable of transmitting all data, including trip data over a compatible two-wire local area network to a central personal computer for storage and/or printout. G. MM&P shall be furnished in a drawout case. Provide test plugs for all circuits. 2.12 Power Condition Monitor The electrical service power failure protection system consists of an electronic device which provides protection against three-phase electrical motor loss due to power failure conditions. Power failure conditions include: low voltage, phase loss, unbalanced voltage and phase reversal. The power failure protection device shall be SymCom, Inc. MotorSaver Model 101, Timemark Power Monitor D-264, or equal. Contractor shall install the power failure protection system as shown on the Drawings or specified in the Technical Specifications and Special Requirements. The protection system shall monitor electrical line side power of specified equipment or facilities. The power failure protection system shall automatically stop all electrical motors upon output relay deactivation (unstable power conditions) and shall transmit a power failure alarm signal to the local RTU (where specified). 2.13 MCC Incoming Feeder Terminations and Device Incoming conductors shall terminate within the control center on a main lug, or main breaker termination point. Main lug terminations shall have adequate dedicated space for the type and size of cable used and the lugs shall be standard mechanical screw type with antiturn feature 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-12 2.14 Ventilation and Heating A. Switchboards and MCC sections shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters to prevent condensation and thermostatically controlled forced air ventilation for cooling. Heating and ventilation shall be as designed by the manufacturer, unless shown specifically on the Drawings. Ventilation openings, including fans shall be provided with washable air filters. B. Forced air ventilation shall be provided by supply air fans unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Supply air fans shall be rated 100 CFM (minimum) at 1/8 inch WC static pressure and shall be provided with louver (grill) inlet, inlet filter, and gasketing for weather-proof construction. C. Air exhaust openings shall consist of louver (grill), filter, and gasketing for weather-proof construction. D. Filters shall be aluminum mesh, washable, and shall be furnished with two bottles of spray adhesive. E. Control power transformers with primary and secondary fuse protection shall be provided as required for proper operation of the heating and ventilating equipment unless Drawings show otherwise. Supply voltage shall be 120 volts, 60 Hz. 2.15 Utility Metering and Main Disconnect A. Main Service Where shown on the Drawings, main service shall consist of pull section, service (metering) section, and main disconnect. Equipment shall include a separate, barriered-off, utility metering compartment complete with hinged sealable door as approved by the utility company. Bus work shall include provisions for mounting utility company current transformers, potential transformers, potential taps, test devices, and metering as required by the utility company. Provide Service Entrance Label and provide necessary applicable service entrance features per NEC, local code requirements, and utility company requirements. B. Main Disconnect Main disconnect shall be molded case circuit breaker or bolted pressure switch as shown on the Drawings with ground fault protection system. C. Ground Fault Indicate and Test System The 600 volt, 60 Hz ground fault protection system shall consist of a current sensor enclosing all phase and neutral conductors of the circuit to be monitored, appropriate relaying equipment to provide for desired ground fault current sensitivity and time-current response characteristics, and equipment to trip the 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-13 main disconnect. Installation of the equipment shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1) Current Sensor A sensitive current sensor shall be provided of sufficient size to encircle the phase and neutral conductors. Current sensor output shall be coordinated with the required input to the relay. A test winding shall be included to simulate the flow of ground fault current through the current sensor in order to test the operation of the ground fault protection system including sensor pick-up, relay, and circuit protective device (main disconnect) operation. The frame or the current sensor shall be so constructed that one leg can be opened to allow removal or installation around the cable or bus without disturbing the cable or requiring drop- links in the bus. 2) Ground Fault Relay The relay shall be solid state for maximum reliability, except that a coil operated output relay shall be provided to control 120 volt power to operate the circuit protective device (main disconnect). The ground fault relay shall require no external source of power for tripping the associated protective device, drawing all the energy needed for proper operation of the ground fault protection system directly from the output of the current sensor. Adjustable pickup current sensitivity for ground fault currents from 200 amperes to 1,200 amperes shall be provided. A calibrated dial shall be provided for setting the current pickup point in the field. Settings for individual relays shall be coordinated. Time delay provided by the relay circuitry shall be nominally one second and shall be permanently calibrated to preclude tampering after installation. A self-contained test circuit which will test all components including sensor, relay, and trip mechanism and a test coil in the current sensor shall be incorporated in the system. The circuit protective device (main disconnect) shall be provided to open the circuit for normal switching, overload, short circuit, or ground fault. It shall include a ground fault trip mechanism for activation by the ground fault relay which, operating in conjunction with an interposing relay and auxiliary power source, will release a stored-energy device to open the switch. The ground fault trip mechanism shall be capable of operating at 55% of rated voltage to provide satisfactory operation under reduced voltage that might accompany a ground fault condition. In addition, the trip mechanism shall be equipped to operate by remote tripping such as by a float switch. The switch interrupting rating shall be coordinated with the time delay of the relay to insure that the switch is capable of interrupting any current it may be required to open. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-14 2.16 Customer Metering Where shown on the Drawings, provide a separate customer metering compartment with front hinged door with microprocessor-based metering system, complete with current transformers and potential transformers including primary and secondary fuses. 2.17 Enclosures A. Switchboard and MCC enclosures shall be as specified on the Drawings and shall be suitable for the proposed location. As a minimum, switchboards shall be housed in NEMA 1 enclosures and MCC's shall be housed in NEMA 12 or NEMA 1 gasketed enclosures. B. Outdoor switchboards and MCC enclosures shall be NEMA 3R as follows: 1. Enclosures shall be non-walk-in and meet applicable NEMA 3R requirements of UL. 2. Enclosures shall have NEMA 3R wrap roof sloping downward toward rear. 3. Outer sections shall be the same widths as indoor structures, except each end of the outdoor assembly shall have an end trim. 4. The enclosure shall be provided with bolt on rear covers for each section. 5. Doors shall have provisions for padlocking and be located as shown on the Drawings. 2.18 Nameplates Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for all main and feeder circuits, starter compartments, and control compartments as indicated on the Drawings. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black characters on white background, and secured with stainless steel screws. Characters shall be 3/16 inch high, minimum. Nameplates shall give item designation as shown on the Drawings, and shall be approved by the Owner prior to fabrication. Furnish Master nameplate giving switchboard designation, voltage ampere rating, short circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number and item number. 2.19 Finish The finish shall consist of a coat of thermosetting, polyester powder paint applied electrostatically to pre-cleaned and phosphatized steel and aluminum for internal and external parts. The coating shall have minimum thickness of 1.5 mils and corrosion resistance of 600 hours to 5% salt spray. Color shall match other enclosures (existing or new). If necessary to match color, manufacturer shall coat complete assemblies with 1.5 mil thick exterior finish spray coat of air drying high-gloss enamel. Color of indoor enclosures shall be ANSI-49 Light Gray, unless specified otherwise. Exterior of outdoor enclosures, including all NEMA 3R enclosures shall be white. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-15 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 Factory Testing A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. The switchboards and MCC's shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted and tested at the factory. After assembly, the complete switchboard(s) shall be tested for operation under simulated service conditions to assure the accuracy of the wiring and the functioning of all equipment. The main circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 2200 volts for one minute between live parts and ground and between opposite polarities. The wiring and control circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 volts for one minute between live parts and ground. B. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test reports to Owner for approval prior to shipment. 3.02 Installation A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's written recommendations and the Drawings. B. Each assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be capable of being moved into installation position and bolted directly to a concrete foundation. 3.03 Field Quality Control A. Contractor shall provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section. The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. B. The following minimum work shall be performed by the Contractor under the technical direction of the manufacturer's service representative. 1. Rig the assembly into final location and install on level surface. 2. Check all removable cells and starter units for easy removal and insertion. 3. Perform insulation tests on each phase and verify low resistance ground connection on ground bus. 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-16 4. Connect all power wiring and control wiring and verify basic operation of each starter from control power source. 5. Torque all bolted connections made in the field and verify all factory bolted connections. 6. Calibrate any solid-state metering or control relays for their intended purpose and make written notations of adjustments on record drawings. Perform startup of any solid-state starters and adjustable frequency drives. 3.04 Field Adjustments and Testing A. Follow the manufacturer's instructions and the Contract Documents concerning any short circuit device settings, heater selection, timing relays, or startup of components. B. Contractor shall coordinate and set circuit breaker tripping sequence from main service circuit breaker to individual motors. C. Follow the minimum requirements as stipulated in the NETA testing procedure for motor control center assemblies. D. Generate a field report on tests performed, test values recorded, adjustments, etc., and provide same to Owner for review and approval. 3.05 Manufacturer's Certification A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Equipment shall be inspected prior to the generation of any reports. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3) copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification to Owner. 3.06 Instruction After the equipment has been installed, tested, and adjusted, and placed in satisfactory operating condition, the equipment manufacturer shall provide classroom instruction to Owner's operating personnel in the use and maintenance of the equipment. Two (2) hours of instruction shall be provided unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall give the Owner formal written notice of the proposed instruction period at least two weeks prior to commencement of the instruction period. Scheduled training shall be at a time acceptable to the Owner and the manufacturer. During this instruction period, the manufacturer shall answer any questions from the operating personnel. The manufacturer's obligation shall be considered ended when he and the Owner agree that no further instruction is needed. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16400-17 SECTION 16420 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Specific Project Scope The work included in this Section shall consist of furnishing and installing reduced voltage solid state motor controllers (SSMC) within existing Motor Control Center as shown on the Drawings and specified herein, including all accessories and controls necessary for a complete and operable system. The equipment furnished under this Section shall be required to operate electric motor driven equipment specified elsewhere by Technical Specifications. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the work under this Section, with all other related equipment and the work shown on the Drawings. Load, torque, horsepower, and ramp capabilities and ranges of SSMCs shall meet or exceed that of the driven equipment. 1.02 Specific SSMC Requirements Contractor shall furnish and install SSMCs with internal shunting contactors to drive existing Pumping Units 1, 2, and 3. SSMC units shall be rated to match the full load amperage of the pumping unit motor; 150 Hp with full load motor RPM of 1770. SSMC components, operation, and features shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. SSMC shall provide soft start, soft stop and operation once at full speed with shunting contactors. SSMC units shall be housed within the existing MCC enclosure. SSMC manufacturer shall size ventilation for the SSMC MCC section. 1.03 Quality/Manufacturer Contractor shall provide complete, reliable, fully tested, adjustable SSMC systems suitable for manual or automatic start/stop operation. The SSMCs shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse, Allen Bradley, Square D, or equal. 1.04 Submittals A. Shop Drawings Contractor shall submit complete information, drawings, and technical data for all equipment and components, including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Design capabilities and operating parameters. 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-1 2) Catalog cut sheets and data for all control devices. 3) Enclosure drawings, including overall dimensions, anchor hole sizes and locations, and exterior door elevations showing location of all door mounted components, including lights, switches, meters, controllers, and corresponding nameplates. General arrangement drawings of enclosure interior, including location and identification of all internal components. 4) Enclosure cooling system (if necessary) and design calculations. 5) System schematic diagrams, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams and ladder diagrams. 6) Detailed specifications and data covering all necessary components, including, but not limited to, circuit breakers, switches, bypass contactors, metal oxide varistors (MOVs), silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs), cooling equipment, status lights, and push buttons. 7) Manufacturer's warranty guaranteeing the operation of the SSMC against failure due to defects for two (2) years from date of project acceptance. During this period, parts and labor shall be supplied at no cost to the Owner. B. Operation and Maintenance Instructions Operation and maintenance manuals (four (4) copies) shall include: design capabilities, operating parameters, recommended ranges, system schematic diagrams, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams, ladder diagrams, complete wiring diagrams, enclosure drawings, safety provisions and precautions, standard publications on all major items furnished, parts list with specification packets on the entire unit, list of recommended spare parts, and installation diagrams. Manuals shall be completely indexed and include step-by-step procedures for the operation and maintenance of the SSMC as installed. The maintenance portion of the manual shall include preventive maintenance and troubleshooting for the entire system. Contractor shall provide approved operations and maintenance manuals at least 30 days prior to SSMC startup and testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Solid State Motor Controller (SSMC) A. General The SSMC units shall be integrated, solid state systems, designed to energize the electric motor drivers for the driven equipment specified. SSMC units shall be as specified herein, including all requirements and modifications listed in Section 1.02, Specific SSMC Requirements. 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-2 B. Environmental Conditions Unless otherwise specified, the SSMC units shall be capable of operation under any combination of the following conditions without mechanical or electrical damage. Ambient Temperature: 0 to +50 degrees C (32° to 122° F) Relative Humidity: Less than 95% non-condensing Altitude: 300 ft above sea level C. Rating SSMC shall be sized based on the maximum motor horsepower and required starting and operating torque of the selected equipment to be driven or the minimum output as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, whichever is greater. D. Basic Description The SSMC units shall operate at 480 volts (±15%), three phase, 60 Hertz (±2 Hertz), and control voltage of 120 volts. The SSMC unit shall provide a smooth and stepless acceleration (on startup) and deceleration ramp (on shut down) to reduce hydraulic surges and inrush current. Power semiconductors shall be SCRs connected in an inverse parallel configuration for three phase power. Peak inverse voltage (PIV) rating shall be 1,200 Vat 460 (or less) volts. SCR assemblies shall contain MOVs and resistor capacitors to protect the SCR from line voltage transients. The MOVs shall maintain voltages at 10% below the PIV of the power device. Voltage transient suppression shall not cause motor to energize. The resistor capacitor shall prevent the motor from misfiring due to the dV/dt characteristics of the SCRs. Each power phase shall have a current transformer to monitor current for protection against phase loss, phase imbalance, instantaneous overload, or shorted SCRs. SSMC shall have a closed loop voltage ramp start with current limit override to produce a smooth acceleration of the motor load. The control shall provide adjustments for initial torque, maximum starting current, and ramping time. A full voltage output signal will be generated once the motor reaches full speed (full voltage). Said signal shall be derived from internal control measurements and shall not be based on time. Shunting contactors shall be energized by the full voltage output signal. Once the unit receives a stop signal, the shunting contactors shall drop out, and the SCRs shall provide a smooth, stepless deceleration. Unless otherwise specified, each SSMC unit shall be provided with shunting contactors. Contactors shall be vacuum contactors with full current ratings for 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-3 specified motor loads. Contactors shall have as a minimum, two normally open and two normally closed auxiliary contacts rated for control voltage of 120 volts. The SSMC units shall be suitable for use with standard NEMA Design B squirrel- cage induction motors having a 1.15 service factor or with existing standard NEMA Design B squirrel-cage induction motor(s) with nameplate data as shown on the Drawings, without derating and without requiring any motor modifications. The SSMC units shall operate satisfactorily when connected to a bus supplying other solid state power equipment which may be causing up to 10% total harmonic voltage distortion. All equipment and work shall comply with the latest applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and NEC. E. Features and Components Unless otherwise specified, the SSMC units shall be provided with the following minimum features and components: 1) An input circuit breaker shall be supplied to provide NEC required branch circuit protection. The circuit breaker shall be of the molded case type, sized to provide a short circuit interrupting capacity as shown on Drawings, but no less than 35,000 RMS symmetrical amps (minimum), and shall be mechanically interlocked with the SSMC unit enclosure door. 2) Where more than one (1) SSMC unit is provided in a line-up, a bus bar matching the rating of the motor control center (MCC) shall be provided unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. 3) Each SSMC shall be provided with current overloads. 4) Controls and Indicators: Each SSMC shall be equipped with door- mounted controls and indicators as shown on Drawings and as specified herein: a. Power on indicator lamp (light). b. SSMC malfunction indicator lamp. c. SSMC fault reset push button. d. Motor thermal and motor overload reset push buttons. e. Elapsed time meter (six (6) digit). h. Indicator lamps for motor running, motor off, motor high temperature, and motor overload. 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-4 i. On/off switch for emergency bypass of SSMC and operation with bypass contactors. j. On/off switch for power saving, for selection to operate when at full speed with bypass contractor. k. Other functions and devices shown on the Drawings or otherwise specified. F. Protective Features Unless otherwise specified, the SSMC unit shall be provided with the following protective features: 1) Phase loss and undervoltage protection. 2) Power unit overtemperature protection. 3) Input line fuses. 4) Noise suppression per NEMA ICS 2-230 showering arc test at 2,000 V peak. 5) Overload Ratings Duration %FLA @ 25° C (seconds) 600 15 300 60 200 120 115 Continuous G. Parameter Settings The following system configuration settings shall be provided and shall be field adjustable through the keypad/display unit. Except for motor nameplate data, all parameters shall be adjustable while the unit is on-line. 1) Current Limit: 150% to 500% rated current 2) Acceleration/Deceleration: 0.5 to 30 seconds, independently adjustable 3) Current Limit Shutdown Time: 1 to 30 seconds 4) Current Unbalance/Phase Loss Alarm: 5% to 50% unbalance H. Diagnostic Features SSMC units shall be provided with diagnostic features, including monitoring for full voltage and distorted SCR. Diagnostic conditions shall be displayed via an operator interface or by individual LEDs. 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 installation A. All equipment furnished hereunder shall be installed and aligned under the supervision of a factory-trained service engineer, other than a sales representative. B. Conduit stub-ups for interconnected cables and remote cables shall be located and terminated in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations which shall be subject to Owner's review and approval. C. The Contractor shall have the manufacturer examine the Contract Documents as to the operating environment that the SSMC unit will be subjected to, and advise the Owner prior to bidding of any potential problems, which could prevent the SSMC from functioning as intended, and its recommendations for preventing expected problems. D. Under no circumstances are any portions of the SSMC unit to be energized without authorization from the manufacturer's representative. 3.02 Testing and Training A. Upon completion of manufacturing, each SSMC unit shall be factory inspected and fully tested with a motor load. Certification that the factory inspections and load tests have been successfully performed shall be submitted to the Owner prior to shipment. B. Contractor shall include in his bid the services of a factory-trained field engineer's time to assist in installation, inspect, make final adjustments and operational checks, perform field testing and instruct the Owner's operation personnel in the use of the equipment. Classroom type instruction (two (2) hours, minimum) shall address the details of operation, routine maintenance, and repair of the equipment supplied under this Section, and shall be at a time acceptable to both the Owner and manufacturer. C. Field testing shall be witnessed by the Owner. Prior to the commencement of field testing service engineer shall set and/or adjust all operating parameters according to the manufacturer's written instructions. SSMC field testing shall be conducted concurrently with field testing of the driven equipment. SSMC performance shall be documented by obtaining motor inrush amperage, start ramp time, stop ramp time, and output: voltage, amperage, power factor and power. Readings shall be obtained from Contractor furnished metering equipment. A written report covering the field engineer's inspection findings, field test readings, field test results and installation certification shall be submitted to the Owner. END OF SECTION 06/17/08 SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16420-6 SECTION 16500 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Specific Project Description The work included in this Section shall consist of furnishing and installing variable speed drives of the variable frequency drive type (VFD) as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, including all accessories and controls necessary for a complete and operable system. VFDs will be installed in an air conditioned control building. The equipment furnished under this Section shall be required to operate existing electric motor(s) driving existing equipment as shown on the original Drawings. Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the work under this Section, with all other electrical equipment and the work specified and shown on the Drawings. Load requirements, torque, horsepower, and speed range of VFDs shall be coordinated with and meet or exceed that of the driven equipment. All equipment specified herein shall be furnished by one (1) manufacturer as a complete assembly. 1.02 Specific Project VFD Requirements Each VFD unit shall comply with the following Specific Project Requirements, which may modify specification requirements in Part 2, herein. A. Existing Vertical Turbine Pumping Units 1) Contractor shall furnish and install three (3) VFD units to drive the existing 150 HP vertical turbine pumping units. Existing pumping units are driven by an inverter duty rated, squirrel cage, induction type, 460 Volt, 3 phase, electric motor. 2) Each VFD unit shall be capable of providing variable torque output from the pump motor over the entire speed range of the VFD (0 to 60 hertz). Each VFD unit shall be variable torque, minimum rated to 150 HP and 180 full load amp output at 40°C ambient temperature rating. VFD units shall be provided with 6 pulse rectifiers with 5% line reactors and passive filters, 12-pulse, or 18-pulse rectifiers as necessary to comply with the harmonic distortion requirements specified herein. VFD units with 6-pulse rectifiers and active filters, are not acceptable. 3) Each VFD unit shall be housed in an existing floor mounted NEMA1 gasketed enclosure. The VFD enclosure shall be furnished with thermostats for cooling and heating as specified herein. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-1 4) Each VFD unit shall be cooled by forced air ventilation. A supply air fan shall be mounted in each enclosure to provide forced air ventilation and to maintain a positive air pressure in the enclosure. Fans and louvers shall be sized by the VFD manufacturer based on: heat generated from the VFD operating at full rated capacity, heat generated from auxiliary components (e.g. transformers, and line reactors), and equipment operating under maximum ambient conditions. A 10°F differential air temperature shall be utilized. Each supply and exhaust air louver shall be furnished with a reusable air filter. Each VFD enclosure section shall be furnished with a strip heater for condensation protection and with thermostats for cooling and heating. Each enclosure section shall be isolated from adjacent enclosure to prevent short circuiting of cooling air. 5) VFD unit shall not be provided with interlocked bypass contactors as specified in Section 2.01.E.14 herein. As shown on the Drawings, VFD units shall be provided with isolation contactors and soft starter bypass. 6) Each VFD shall be provided with a manual speed pot as shown on the Drawings (control diagrams). In addition to specific door mounted devices shown on the Drawings, the VFD shall be provided with Operator Interface (Digital Display/Keypad Unit). Unit shall monitor and display VFD functions, operating conditions and faults. Operating conditions shall include, but not be limited to: output frequency, output voltage, motor current, running speed (rpm), input and output power. B. Harmonic Distortion A harmonic study is required per 2.01J. The proposed VFD will be provided with electrical power from SCE transformer and service. The utility connection shall be the PCC for voltage and current distortion. The utility short circuit at the utility interface is 10,300 amps. Harmonic calculations shall be based on data provided on the Drawings ("Single Line Diagram"), except that no linear loads shall be included in the analysis. C. Warranty The VFD unit shall be provided with a minimum two-year warranty to be free from defects in material or workmanship. Warranty shall commence upon date of project acceptance. During the warranty period, all parts and labor required to repair or replace defective VFD units and any components thereof shall be provided at no cost to the Owner. 1.03 Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-2 A. Shop Drawings Contractor shall submit complete information, drawings, and technical data for all equipment and components, including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Design capabilities and operating parameters, including a detailed list of all user selectable features and setpoints. Harmonic distortion study demonstrating compliance with specified requirements herein. If specified in the Specific VFD Requirements herein, a preliminary harmonic analysis shall be submitted at bid time. 2) VFD operating efficiency (including control power and cooling power) and output horsepower versus speed for the specific equipment being driven. 3) Motor manufacturer's guarantee that motor insulation and cooling is suitable for continuous operation over specified frequency range and VFD output pulse maximum peak voltage, pulse rise time, and pulse rate. 4) Guarantee that proposed carrier frequency of VFD will not produce a motor audible noise level when operating throughout the VFD speed range of more than 5 dba above that designated in NEMA MG-1 for the same motor operated at constant speed with a 60 Hz sine wave supply voltage. 5) Catalog cut sheets and data for all control devices. 6) Drawing of enclosure, including overall dimensions, anchor hole sizes and locations, and exterior door elevations showing location of all door mounted components, including lights, switches, meters, controllers, and corresponding nameplates. General arrangement drawings of enclosure interior, including location and identification of all internal components. 7) Enclosure space heating and cooling system and design calculations covering entire speed range of variable frequency drive. Where building or panel cooling systems are shown on the Drawings, provide calculations for maximum heat output of VFD and associated components. 8) System schematic diagrams, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams (point to point wiring diagrams) and ladder diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall show wiring between VFD and all external field devices, and between VFD and all electrical panels, including (but not limited to) distribution panels, MCCs, PLCs, and RTUs. 9) Detailed specifications and data covering all necessary components, including, but not limited to, fuses, circuit breakers, switches, bypass contactors, line reactors, filters, cooling equipment, status lights, and push buttons. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-3 10) Manufacturer's warranty guaranteeing the operation of the VFD unit against failure due to defects for two (2) years from date of project acceptance. During this period, parts and labor shall be supplied at no cost to the Owner. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals Operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the Special Construction Provisions. As a minimum, operation and maintenance manuals shall include: design capabilities, operating parameters, recommended ranges, system schematic diagrams, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams, ladder diagrams, complete wiring diagrams, enclosure drawings, safety provisions and precautions, standard publications on all major items furnished, parts list with specification packets on the entire unit, list of recommended spare parts, and installation diagrams. Manuals shall be completely indexed and include step-by-step procedures for the operation and maintenance of the VFD as installed. The maintenance portion of the manual shall include preventive maintenance and troubleshooting for the entire system. Contractor shall provide approved operations and maintenance manuals to Owner at least 30 days prior to VFD startup and testing. Final operation and maintenance manuals shall include as-built drawings of all VFD schematic diagrams, block diagrams, interconnection diagrams and ladder diagrams. As-built drawings shall include any field modifications. Final operation and maintenance manuals shall include the complete listing of VFD control settings and setpoints for all controller inputs (factory set and field set) as established at the completion of field startup and testing. 1.04 Quality Contractor shall provide a complete, reliable, fully tested, adjustable speed drive system suitable for manned or unmanned operation. VFD units shall be as manufactured by Toshiba, Allen Bradley, ABB, Eaton/Cutler Hammer, or Mitsubishi, or equal. Third party distributor or packager modifications to a standard product will only be permitted with written approval from the VFD manufacturer, and statement confirming that the installed VFD equipment will be fully covered by manufacturer's warranty. In addition, VFD manufacturer (factory) shall review and approve all shop drawings prepared by third party distributors prior to submittal of said shop drawings to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) A. General The VFD units shall be integrated, solid state systems, designed to control the speed of electric motor drivers for the driven equipment specified. VFD units shall be as specified herein, including all requirements and modifications listed in Section 1.02, Specific VFD Requirements. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-4 B. Environmental Conditions Unless otherwise specified, the VFD units shall be capable of operation under any combination of the following conditions without mechanical or electrical damage. Ambient Temperature: -10 to 45 degrees C (14 to 113 degrees F) Relative Humidity: 95% Altitude: 1,000 ft above sea level C. Rating VFD shall be sized based on the maximum motor horsepower and required starting and operating torque of the selected equipment to be driven or the minimum output as shown on the Drawings or specified herein, whichever is greater. Unless otherwise specified, VFD shall be capable of continuous operation at any speed between 20% (minimum) and 100% (maximum) of the driven equipment full rated speed. D. Basic Description The VFD units shall convert 460 volt (-5% to +10%), three-phase, 60 hertz (±3%) utility power to adjustable voltage (0 - 460V) and frequency (0 - 60 hz) three- phase, AC power for stepless motor speed control with a capability of 10:1 speed range. The VFD shall be of the pulse-width modulated (PWM) type and shall consist of a full-wave diode bridge converter to convert incoming fixed voltage/frequency to a fixed DC voltage. The PWM strategy shall be of the space vector type implemented in a microprocessor which generates a sine-coded output voltage. The inverter output shall be generated by power transistors which shall be controlled by a minimum of six identical base driver circuits. The VFD shall not induce excessive power losses in the motor. The RMS motor line current measured at rated speed, torque and voltage shall not exceed 105% of the rated RMS motor current for pure sine wave operation. VFD carrier frequency shall be field adjustable. All power semiconductors shall be accessible from the front of the unit without the removal of the heat sinks upon which the devices are mounted. Each power semiconductor shall be capable of being visually inspected, electrically checked, and mechanically replaced from its heat sink assembly without removal of the entire heat sink or heat sink covers. The VFD shall produce an adjustable AC voltage/frequency output. The VFD shall have an output voltage regulator to maintain correct voltage to frequency ratio despite incoming voltage variations. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-5 The VFD units shall be suitable for use with standard NEMA Design B squirrel- cage induction motors having a 1.15 service factor, without derating and without requiring any motor modifications. The variable frequency control shall operate satisfactorily when connected to a bus supplying other solid state power conversion equipment which may be causing up to 10% total harmonic voltage distortion and commutation notches up to 36,500 volt microseconds, or when other VFDs are operated from the same bus. All equipment and work shall comply with the latest applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and NEC. E. Features and Components Unless otherwise specified, the VFD units shall be provided with the following minimum features and components: 1) An input fused disconnect switch shall be supplied to provide NEC required branch circuit protection. The fused disconnect switch shall provide a short circuit interrupting capacity of 50,000 RMS symmetrical amps (minimum), and shall be mechanically interlocked with the VFD unit enclosure door. 2) The minimum VFD efficiency shall be 96 percent at 100 percent speed and 90 percent at 50 percent speed. The power factor of VFD unit shall be 95 percent minimum at all speeds. 3) VFD shall be provided with overload capability of 150% for constant torque units and 110% for variable torque units. 4) Each VFD shall be provided with current overload protection for operation in bypass mode (if specified). 5) Line reactors and filters as specified herein shall be provided for each VFD. 6) The VFD shall have a programmable controller to provide automatic restart after any individual trip condition resulting from either overcurrent, overvoltage, undervoltage, or overtemperature. For safety, the drive shall shut down and require manual reset and restart if the automatic reset/restart function is not successful within a maximum of three attempts within a short time period. 7) A speed droop feature shall be included which reduces the speed of the drive on transient overloads. The drive is to return to set speed after transient is removed. If the acceleration or deceleration rates are too rapid for the moment of inertia of the load, the drive is to automatically compensate to prevent drive trip. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-6 8) Automatic restart after drive trip or utility failure. Software selectable if not desired. 9) Speed Profile Individual adjustable settings for start, stop, entry, slope, and minimum and maximum speed points. 10) Process signal inverter. Software selectable to allow speed of drive to vary inversely with input signal. 11) A critical speed avoidance circuit shall be provided for selection of two critical speeds with a rejection band centered on that speed. The drive shall ignore any speed signals requiring drive operation within the rejection band. 12) Proportional and integral setpoint process controller with menu driven selection and programming via door-mounted keypad. 13) Pick up a spinning load. The VFD shall be able to determine the motor speed and resume control of a motbr which is spinning in either direction without tripping. 14) Operator Interface A door-mounted membrane keypad with integral 2-line, 24-character (minimum) LCD display shall be furnished, capable of controlling the VFD and setting drive parameters, and shall include the following features: a. Digital display shall present all diagnostic message and parameter values in English engineering units when accessed, without the use of codes. b. The keypad module shall contain a "self-test" software program which can be activated to verify proper keypad operations. c. The digital keypad shall allow the operator to enter exact numerical settings in English engineering units. A plain English user menu shall be provided in software as a guide to parameter setting, (rather than codes). Drive parameters shall be factory set in EEPROM and resettable in the field through the keypad. Password security shall be available to protect drive parameters from unauthorized personnel. d. Normally the digital display shall simultaneously display: (i) Speed demand in percent (ii) Output current in amperes (Hi) Frequency in hertz or RPM (iv) Control Mode: manual/automatic (v) Total three-phase KW or output volts 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-7 15) VFD Bypass Unless otherwise specified, interlocked bypass contactors, main circuit breakers, and controls shall be provided for automatic bypass of the VFD to across the line (constant speed) operation in case of VFD failure, except for condition of motor high temperature, motor over load, or motor moisture. When selector switch is in AUTO VFD mode, upon VFD failure the equipment shall stop and automatically restart in constant speed mode via bypass contactors with start/stop functioning as if operating on VFD. Time delay for restart in bypass mode shall be provided. Manual reset to return to VFD mode shall be required. The VFD shall be isolated during bypass operation. Indicating lights for operation in VFD mode and bypass mode shall be provided. Selector switch shall be provided with bypass position to allow operation in bypass mode without VFD failure. Dry contacts shall be provided for operation in bypass mode for connection to telemetry system. 16) Controls Each VFD programmable controller shall be programmed to accept a 4- 20 ma signal for automatic speed adjustment, and energized and dry contact closures from the facility control system for automatic start and stop of the driven equipment. Where shown on the Drawings, each VFD shall be capable of operating at an adjustable pre-set speed upon activation of a separate input contact. Each VFD programmable controller shall be equipped with a feature that automatically starts/stops the VFD via controller contact(s) where the VFD speed defaults to an internal adjustable speed setting, which overrides the remote 4-20 ma speed signal and the door mounted speed pot. Each VFD shall be provided with reduced voltage transformer(s). Transformer(s) shall be properly sized for controls, lights, cooling, and heating. VFD shall be equipped to function as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. Each VFD shall be equipped with the controls shown on the Drawings unless otherwise specified in Section 1.02 Specific Project VFD Requirements. 17) Door Mounted Devices a. Padlockable handle for VFD unit circuit breaker. b. Power on indicator lamp (light). 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-8 c. VFD on-line indicator lamp. d. Bypass on-line indicator lamp (if bypass contactors are specified). e. VFD malfunction indicator lamp. f. VFD fault reset push button. g. Motor thermal and motor overload reset push buttons. h. Operator Interface (Digital Display/Keypad Unit). Unit shall control, monitor and display VFD functions, operating conditions and faults. Operating conditions shall include, but not be limited to: output frequency, output voltage, motor current, running speed (rpm), input and output power. i. VFD Manual, VFD Auto, Off, Bypass (if bypass contactors are specified) selector switch as specified. Selector switch shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for position signal to remote control panel. j. Elapsed time meter (eight (8) digit, minimum). k. Motor high temperature indicator lamp. I. Motor over load indicator lamp. m. Speed pot for VFD speed control in Hand mode. n. Other functions and devices shown on the Drawings or otherwise specified. VFD shall shut down on motor "high temperature" and "overload" conditions. External dry contacts shall be provided for each motor alarm condition and common VFD fault condition. F. Protective Features The VFD unit shall be provided with capabilities and features to protect drive components and the driven motor from damage. Protective features with user adjustable setpoints shall be accessed through the operator interface for enabling or disabling. As a minimum, the VFD unit shall be provided with the following protective features: 1) Single phase fault or 3-phase short circuit on VFD output terminals without damage to any power component or clearing any fuses (40,000 AIC minimum). 2) Static instantaneous overcurrent and overvoltage trip with inverse overcurrent protection. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-9 3) Static overspeed (overfrequency) protection. 4) Phase loss and undervoltage protection. 5) Power unit overtemperature protection. 6) Electronic motor inverse time overload protection. 7) Responsive action to motor winding temperature detectors or thermostatic switches. Provide dry contact (NC) input to the VFD. 8) Isolated operator controls. 9) Input current limit rectifier fuses, rated for 200,000 AIC. 10) Be insensitive to incoming power phase sequence. 11) Desaturation circuit to drive inverter section transistor base current to zero in event of controller fault. 12) DC bus discharge circuit with an indicator lamp for protection of operator. 13) Input line noise suppression with line reactor. 14) Individual transistor overcurrent protection. G. Parameter Settings The following system configuration settings shall be provided and shall be field adjustable through the keypad/display unit or via the serial communication port. Except for motor nameplate data, all parameters shall be adjustable while the processor is on-line and the drive is running. 1) Motor Nameplate Data a. Motor frequency b. Number of poles c. Full load speed d. Motor volts e. Motor full load amps f. Motor KW g. Current minimum h. Current maximum 2) VFD Limits a. Independent acceleration/deceleration rates b. No load boost c. Vmin, Vmax, V/Hz 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-10 d. Full load boost e. Overload trip curve select (inverse or constant) f. Min/Max speed (frequency) g. Auto reset for load or voltage trip select h. Slip compensation i. Catch-A Spinning-Load select j. Overload trip time set 3) VFD Parameters a. Voltage loop gain b. Voltage loop stability c. Current loop stability 4) Controller Adjustments a. PID control enable/disable b. Set point select c. Proportional band select d. Reset time select e. Rate time select f. Input signal scaling g. Input signal select (4-20 mA/0-5 volts) h. Auto start functions: On/Off, Delay On/Off, Level Select On/Off i. Speed Profile: Entry, Exit, Point Select j. Min, Max Speed Select k. Inverse profile select (allows VFD speed to vary directly or inversely with input signal) H. Diagnostic Features and Fault Handling 1) The VFD shall include a comprehensive microprocessor based digital diagnostic system which monitors its own control functions and displays faults and operating conditions. Microprocessor systems shall be products of the same manufacturer as the VFD (to assure single source responsibility, availability of service and access to spare parts). 2) A "Fault Log" shall record, store, and display upon demand, the 16 (minimum) most recent faults. The fault log shall be accessible via the keypad display. I. Enclosures and Cooling VFD units shall be housed in wall mounted or floor mounted enclosures equipped with door locking devices as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. Floor mounted enclosures shall be mounted on concrete bases, extending 3 inches above the surrounding ground or floor. Enclosures shall be of sufficient size to afford access to all parts and components, and installed with clearance in front of the enclosure to satisfy all code requirements. Sufficient internal lighting to perform maintenance work shall be provided. Lighting shall be controlled with an internal light switch. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-11 Where shown on Drawings or specified herein that the VFD shall be installed in MCC line-up, the enclosure shall match MCC construction including height and depth. Unless otherwise specified, the sheet metal surfaces of all enclosures shall be phosphetized and coated with a .rust resisting primer. Over the primer a corrosion resistant baked enamel finish shall be applied on interior and exterior metal surfaces. Exterior color shall be medium light gray (unless otherwise specified) and interior color shall be white. All hardware shall have a corrosion resistant finish. Unless otherwise specified, outdoor electrical equipment shall be housed in weatherproof, gasketed, NEMA Type 3R enclosures, and indoor electrical equipment shall be housed in gasketed NEMA Type 1 enclosures. Enclosures shall be provided with heating system for condensation protection and shall be ventilated, and/or air conditioned, as specified or required for trouble-free operation, and shall be equipped with air filters to eliminate dust. All cooling devices shall be constructed to enable regular maintenance or removal without dismantling of the VFD unit. Refer to ambient conditions as specified herein and requirement to submit cooling calculations. J. Harmonic Distortion Individual or simultaneous operation of the VFDs without operation of any linear loads shall not add more than 5% total harmonic voltage distortion to the normal bus, nor more than 10% while operating from standby generator (if applicable) per IEEE 519, 1992. Maximum allowable total and individual harmonic current distortion limits for each odd harmonic shall not exceed limits as set forth by IEEE 519, 1992. A comprehensive harmonic study of the system, including all variable frequency drive units, existing and proposed shall be prepared by the Contractor. The results of this study shall be submitted to the Owner as part of the shop drawing submittals. Should this study indicate the need for tuned filters, line reactors, or isolation equipment for the proposed VFDs, said components and equipment shall be supplied at no extra cost to the Owner. Shop drawings shall indicate the location of the harmonic suppression equipment. Harmonic suppression equipment location is subject to acceptance by the Owner. If harmonic filters and/or line reactors are required to meet IEEE 519 requirements or where specified to be provided, the VFD manufacturer shall furnish same and be responsible for their design and manufacturing. If specified in the Specific VFD Requirements herein, a preliminary harmonic analysis, which includes all harmonics to the 99th, shall be submitted at bid time. Compliance shall be verified by the VFD manufacturer with onsite field measurements of the harmonic distortion at the point of common coupling with and without VFDs operating. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-12 K. Line Reactors and Filters Unless otherwise specified, each VFD shall be provided with a line reactor as manufactured by Trans-Coil, Inc., or equal. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, line reactor shall be factory mounted and wired within the VFD enclosure. Line reactor shall be provided in the incoming power lines to the VFD to: 1) Minimize the effects of "line notching" due to the switching of power semiconductor devices for controlled rectifier type drives. 2) Prevent overvoltage trips and/or damage to the drive itself due to transients (i.e. utility power capacitor switching, etc.) on the VFD incoming power lines. 3) Reduce input harmonic currents thereby improving the total power factor of the drive system. The line reactor shall provide a minimum of 5% line impedance and be designed for harmonic filtering service and for slowing the rate of rapid current changes. The line reactors shall be UL component-recognized and shall be built to comply with UL 508A standard. Construction shall be of copper wire wound on steel cores. Reactors shall be designed and rated for 150% of normal, three-phase, 60 Hz current. Reactors shall be sized appropriately for the total connected load. The design maximum temperature rise for reactors shall be 115° C. The core shall be made of laminated, grain-oriented electrical steel (grade M6 or better). Windings shall consist of copper wire or of copper foil. Terminations shall be copper alloy ring lugs, UL-recognized terminal blocks, or solid copper bus. Line reactors shall be air-gapped to avoid control point saturation. Line reactors shall be double impregnated with 100% solid epoxy resin. All insulation varnish systems shall be rated Class H (180°C) or better, 600V. Inductance shall remain above 50% of nominal for any overload up to 200% of rated current. Line reactors shall not sustain any thermal damage for levels up to 150% of RMS current for a minimum period of five minutes. L. Harmonic Filters Harmonic filters shall be provided as required to attenuate system harmonics to below IEEE 519 distortion limits. Unless otherwise specified in the Specific Project VFD Requirements herein or shown on the Drawings, harmonic filters shall be passive or active type as determined by the manufacturer's harmonic distortion study. Passive/tuned filters shall attenuate specific harmonic frequencies. Active filters shall constantly monitor the current on the line and inject equal and opposite harmonics as necessary. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-13 1) Passive Filters Passive filters, if selected, shall be provided for each VFD unit. Passive filters shall contain tuned circuits designed to remove harmonics generated within the power distribution system while improving the system power factor. Passive filters shall consist of inductive and capacitive elements arranged in a series configuration and tuned to resonate just below the harmonic frequency for which they are designed to filter. Passive filters shall be UL-listed. Passive filters shall be as manufactured by Trans-Coil, Inc., or equal. High endurance capacitors shall be rated to operate continuously at 225% of nominal fundamental current. High endurance capacitor cells shall have a voltage rating capable of handling continuously the nominal system voltage plus 10% of the over voltage tolerance. High endurance capacitor cells shall be rated to operate at an air temperature of 65°C. Liquid-filled capacitor cells shall be contained in hermetically sealed metal cans filled with a biodegradable, non-PCB impregnate. Liquid-filled capacitor cells shall have a UL-listed, pressure-sensitive interrupter which, in case of a hazardous internal pressure increase, shall disconnect all three phases simultaneously. Individual high endurance capacitor cells, or groups of cells, shall be provided with a 3-phase, delta- connected discharge resistor network. The resistors shall be sized to reduce residual voltage to less than 50V within one minute of de- energization. Tuning inductors, if provided separate from line reactors, shall comply with all line reactor requirements specified herein. Filters shall be provided with full-voltage contactors which shall disengage the filter capacitors when the VFD is off (not running) and engage the filter capacitors when the VFD is on (running). As a minimum, provide a 0 to 30 second time-delay relay which shall energize via a run contact from the VFD and cause the capacitor contactors to engage at the end of the time delay. Manufacturer shall modify the pump control diagrams as required to perform the above function. Contactors shall be rated for capacitor switching at 660V and at 60 Hz. Contactors shall be de-rated to compensate for extra switching loads imposed by harmonic frequencies. Internal wiring, including that for the line/tuning reactors, shall be protected by three fuses, one for each phase. Fuses shall be current-limiting at 200,000 symmetrical amperes, interrupting at 600V AC, 60Hz. Fuses shall be UL-listed, Class T. Fuses shall be sized to a minimum of 150% of nominal capacitor rating. Fuses internal to the capacitor cell shall not be acceptable as the primary means of protection. Passive filters shall be factory mounted and wired within the VFD enclosure, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-14 2) Active Filters Active filters, if selected, shall be connected to the distribution panel or bus supplying power to the VFD(s). Single or multiple active filters may be utilized to provide compliance with IEEE 519 harmonic distortion requirements. As a minimum, one additional active filter (size equal to largest active filter selected for IEEE 519 compliance) shall be provided for redundancy. Active filter units shall be AccuSine Power Correction System, as manufactured by Schneider Electric, or equal. Active filter units shall be designed in accordance with the applicable sections of ANSI IEEE Std C62.41-1991 [Surge Withstand Capacity], ANSI IEEE Std 519-1992 [Harmonic Limits], and UL 508C [UL Requirements for Power Conversion Equipment]. Active filter units shall be UL and CSA approved. Active filter units shall be designed to electronically inject harmonic current to cancel the load produced harmonic current such that the upstream power harmonic current and voltage are reduced to below 5% total demand distortion TDD and below 5% total harmonic voltage distortion [THD(V)]. Performance of the active harmonic filter shall be independent of the impedance of the power source. All performance levels shall be attained whether on the normal electrical service, standby power generator, or output of uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Reactive current compensation shall be provided for up to 0.95 lagging displacement power factor. Leading power factor is not permitted. Reactive current compensation (i.e. displacement power factor correction) shall be activated via a digital keypad/display mounted on the door of the enclosure. When reactive current compensation is activated, the filter unit shall first perform harmonic current correction and then use the remaining capacity to inject reactive current compensation to the attain the specified level herein defined. Two current transformers mounted on phases A and B shall be provided per active filter location. Current transformers shall be split core type and shall be rated for the total rated rms current of the total load at each installed location. Each current transformer shall be rated for 400 Hertz. a. Enclosure Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, each active filter unit shall be provided in floor mounted, 90" high, NEMA 1 gasketed enclosure. Where active filter units are to be installed in a MCC or VFD line up, panel height, depth, and color shall match adjacent panel(s). Enclosure ventilation shall comply with paragraph 2.01.1 herein. Each unit shall include a door-interlocked disconnect that provides power interruption when the door is opened. Disconnect device shall be lockable in the power "OFF" position. Each unit shall be provided with Class T input fuses rated at 200,000 AIC (amps interrupting capacity). 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-15 b. Operator Controls and Interface Each active filter unit shall be provided with a digital interface that includes an alphanumeric display consisting of 2-lines with 20 characters per line. Operator pushbuttons shall include run, stop, setup, enter, and up/down scroll. The display shall provide operating data while the unit is functioning. Display parameters shall include AC line voltage, total rms load current, load harmonic current, load reactive current, and filter output harmonic and reactive current. When the output of the active filter unit is at full rated capacity, the display shall indicate at-maximum capacity and actuate an at-maximum capacity relay. All fault conditions shall be displayed as they occur. Output contacts shall be provided for power-on, run, fault and at-maximum capacity. Each contact shall be rated for 1 Ampere at 120/240 volts. One form C contact shall be provided for each relay. c. Filter units shall be defined as a power electronic device consisting of power semiconductors that switch into the AC lines to modulate its output to cancel detrimental harmonic and/or reactive currents. A DC bus shall store power for power semiconductor switching. A microprocessor shall control the operation of the power converter. Each unit shall be designed with a current limiting function to protect the semiconductors. Operation shall continue indefinitely at maximum current level without tripping off or damage to filter unit components. Each unit shall incorporate an over-temperature output roll back that reduces the total output current in order to maintain maximum current correction within the electrical system. Two distinct levels of faults shall be employed. Non-critical level faults will provide automatic restart and a return to normal operation upon automatic fault clearance. Critical level faults stop the function of the unit and await operator action. Where multiple active filter units are provided to attenuate system harmonics, units shall be installed in parallel to inject current according to the information received from the CTs. Each unit shall function independently. If one unit is off or faulted, the remaining units shall adjust accordingly to maintain optimum harmonic cancellation levels up to the capacity of the remaining units. M. EMI/RFI Filters An electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) filter shall be provided in the incoming power lines of the VFD if required as a result of system startup and testing to: 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-16 1) Prevent conducted radio frequency noise generated by the VFD from interfering with other sensitive electronic equipment (such as lighting systems, telecommunications equipment, instrumentation, etc.). 2) Enable the VFD to meet RFI limits as specified by FCC Docket 20780 (Part 15, Subpart J) for conducted emissions. The EMI/RFI filter shall be capable of handling a 150% current overload for at least 1 minute. N. Motor Protection Output Filter Where the conductor length between the VFD and motor exceeds 100 feet, or where specified on the Drawings or in the specific project VFD requirements, a motor protection output filter shall be provided within the VFD enclosure. The motor protection output filter shall be a low pass filter which removes the steep edges from the PWM voltage wave form and protects the motor from voltage spiking. The output filter shall be sized for the motor load and shall be located immediately adjacent to the output terminals of the drive. The motor protection output filter shall be Model KLC as manufactured by Trans-Coil, Inc., or equal. 2.03 Spare Parts Contractor shall furnish the following spare parts for each type and size of VFD: A. Two (2) spare lamp lenses of each color. B. Five (5) pilot lamps of each type. C. Three (3) control fuses of each type and size. D. Three (3) power fuses of each type and size. E. Two (2) air filters for VFD air conditioner. F. One (1) complete set of air filters for VFD enclosure forced air ventilation system. Spare parts shall be undamaged and packaged and labeled in original containers and supplied to the Owner at time of final acceptance of the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Installation A. All equipment furnished hereunder shall be installed and adjusted under the supervision of a factory-trained service engineer, other than a sales representative. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-17 B. Conduit stub-ups for interconnected cables and remote cables shall be located and terminated in accordance with the drive manufacturer's written recommendations which shall be subject to Owner's review and approval. C. The Contractor shall have the manufacturer examine the Contract Documents as to the operating environment that the VFD unit will be subjected to, and advise the Engineer prior to bidding of any potential problems, which could prevent the drive from functioning as intended, and its recommendations for preventing expected problems. D. Under no circumstances are any portions of the VFD unit to be energized without written authorization from the manufacturer's representative. 3.02 Testing and Startup A. Upon completion of manufacturing, each VFD unit shall be factory inspected and load tested. In addition, all VFD unit control logic shall be factory tested by simulating external control signals. Written certification that the factory inspections, load tests, and control logic testing have been successfully performed shall be submitted to the Owner prior to VFD unit shipment. All associated costs for said tests shall be included in the Contractor's bid. B. Manufacturer or supplier of the equipment furnished under this Section shall furnish the services of competent factory-trained personnel to provide technical assistance during installation and start-up of the VFD equipment. C. Field testing shall be witnessed by the Owner. Prior to the commencement of field testing service engineer shall perform the following: 1) Set and/or adjust all operating parameters according to the manufacturer's written instructions and Owner's preference for VFD features, which may be enabled or disabled through the operator interface. 2) Provide Owner with a complete listing of all VFD operating parameters (control settings and setpoints for all controller inputs). 3) Provide Owner with written certification stating that the VFD equipment, including controls, have been properly installed and adjusted, and are ready for operation. VFD field testing shall be conducted concurrently with field testing of the driven equipment. Field testing shall demonstrate satisfactory operation of all interlocks, alarms, and normal operational sequences. The drive manufacturer shall use suitable test equipment to locate and correct all malfunctions. Repeated failure of any component will cause the test to be terminated and restarted when equipment has been fixed. VFD performance shall be documented by obtaining concurrent readings showing input and output: voltage, amperage, power factor, and power over the full speed range of driven equipment. 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-18 Harmonic distortion tests shall be run on the VFDs and the bus to determine the voltage distortion and current distortion and compliance with IEEE 519-1992 standards. Measurements shall be made utilizing a Dranetz analyzer or a BMI analyzer capable of recording snapshots of the current and voltage distortions. Measurements shall include phase to phase, phase to neutral, and neutral to ground. The test shall be run over the full range of VFD operation. Graphs of the test results shall be submitted for speed values of 60%, 80%, and 100%. Also, testing shall be performed with no VFD units operating, then one unit, then two units, etc. operating simultaneously (no concurrent linear loads). A written report covering the service engineer's inspection findings, field test readings, field test results, and final listing of all VFD operating parameters (control settings and setpoints for all controller inputs) shall be submitted to the Owner. The report shall also include a comparison of readings from the VFD and Contractor furnished meters and an evaluation of field measured efficiencies versus manufacturer's guaranteed efficiencies. 3.03 Instruction After the equipment has been installed, tested, and adjusted, and placed in satisfactory operating condition, the equipment manufacturer shall provide classroom instruction to Owner's operations personnel in the use and maintenance of the equipment. Comprehensive instruction shall be provided on the VFD controller and operator interface, including menu navigation, changing control parameters, and modifying setpoints. Equipment manufacturer shall provide and discuss the complete listing of VFD control settings and setpoints for all controller inputs (factory set and field set) as established at the completion of field startup and testing. Four (4) hours of instruction shall be provided unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall give the Owner formal written notice of the proposed instruction period at least two weeks prior to commencement of the instruction period. Scheduled training shall be at a time acceptable to the Owner and the manufacturer. During this instruction period, the manufacturer shall answer any questions from the operating personnel. The manufacturer's obligation shall be considered ended when he and the Owner agree that no further instruction is needed. END OF SECTION 06/17/08 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 16500-19 SECTION 17000 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL COMPONENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description The Contractor shall furnish, install, coordinate, design, fabricate, start-up, and place into service instrumentation and controls for the project to provide complete and operable systems as specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide and designate Electrical and Instrumentation Subcontractors to perform said work. The Instrumentation Subcontractor shall be responsible to perform engineering and design of control panels and components, select equipment and controls to interface with various instrumentation and control equipment, package systems, furnished and manufactured motor control centers, and instrumentation centers. Instrumentation Subcontractor shall design and prepare or coordinate, preparation of control and interconnect diagrams. Instrumentation Subcontractor shall coordinate services of manufacturer's engineering representatives for services during installation, start-up, operation, and instruction of Owner for instrumentation and control equipment. Instrumentation Subcontractor shall coordinate work so that all components of the instrumentation system, including primary measuring, indicating, transmitting, receiving, recording, totalizing, controlling, alarming devices, and all appurtenances are completely compatible and shall function as specified, and shall furnish and install such additional equipment and accessories to meet this requirement at no cost to the Owner. Electrical Subcontractor shall subcontract the work specified herein to a qualified Instrumentation Subcontractor. All work performed is the responsibility of the Contractor even though references are made herein to work requirements and responsibilities of the Electrical and Instrumentation Subcontractors. 1.02 Performance Specifications and Drawings Equipment control/monitoring systems shall be furnished and installed to provide equipment performance, operation control, and/or monitoring functions as specified on Drawings in specific Equipment Technical Specifications, or in the System Operation Description Technical Specifications. Control Schematic drawings, where provided, show control loops and control panels with component locations. Instrumentation Subcontractor shall prepare all wiring and control diagrams, and computer programs, and furnish and install all instrumentation and control components to provide said specified performance and operation. 1.03 Instrumentation and Control Components Instrumentation and control components shall be as specified herein, per Technical Specifications, Basic Electrical Specifications, and as shown on the Drawings or 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-1 manufacturer shop drawings where included in these Contract Documents. Not all products specified herein are necessarily required for this project. 1.04 Submittals All submittals shall be in accordance with the General Provisions, Section 2-5.3. The Instrumentation Subcontractor shall prepare and submit, through the Contractor, complete and organized shop drawings as specified herein. Interface between instruments, motor starters, control valves, variable speed drives, chemical analyzers, flow meters, chemical feeders, Owner furnished equipment, and other equipment related to the instrumentation and control system, shall be included in the shop drawing submittals. Shop drawings prepared by the MCC, VFD, and other electrical equipment suppliers shall be reviewed and approved by the Instrumentation Subcontractor. Said subcontractor shall date and sign shop drawings prior to submittal to the Owner for review. Shop drawings shall be submitted in complete bound sets indexed by specification and description of the items being submitted. Manufacturer's specification or data sheets shall be clearly marked to delineate the options or styles to be furnished. Only complete systems, not pieces of equipment from various systems shall be submitted. Submittals shall show dimensions, physical configurations, methods of connecting instruments and control equipment together, mounting details, single loop system drawings, and wiring schematics in conventional ladder diagram form. Control program for programmable controllers (if specified) shall be submitted in conventional ladder diagram form with complete labeling and comments. Fabrication data, nameplate, legends, and control panel internal wiring, including material specifications, shall be submitted. Submit data for each item of equipment which summarizes the specified features and include such other necessary data as would provide a complete specification for reordering an exact duplicate of the original item from the manufacturer. Submit, for approval, a written plan for demonstrating that each system of equipment meets the specified operational requirements. Submit a written plan for procedures to be used in final operation testing of entire systems. As-built drawings and operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted. 1.05 Quality Assurance A. Qualification and Manufacturers Instrumentation Subcontractor shall have been regularly engaged in providing similar equipment on a single system responsibility basis for municipal water and wastewater projects of similar or larger magnitude. Personnel employed for system engineering, supervision, start-up, operational testing, and training shall be regularly employed and trained by the Instrumentation Subcontractor. The Instrumentation Subcontractor shall be responsible for the technical supervision of the installation to ensure that it is proper in all respects. 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-2 B. Standard of Quality Equipment of the types and sizes specified which has been demonstrated to operate successfully shall be furnished. Substitution of equivalent equipment will be permitted as specified per Contractor Submittals Technical Specifications. C. Coordination with Electrical Subcontractors and Suppliers Prior to installation of any conduit the Instrumentation Subcontractor shall verify conduit size and conduit runs with the Electrical Subcontractor, and equipment suppliers for specific equipment to be furnished, and notify the Owner of any conflicts or deviations prior to installation. D. Instrumentation Subcontractor's Certifications Prior to start-up and initial operation of instrumentation and control equipment, the Instrumentation Subcontractor shall submit a written report stating that equipment has been coordinated, calibrated, properly installed, and is ready for start-up. After start-up and when equipment is ready to be operated, the Instrumentation Subcontractor shall submit a written report for the instrumentation and control equipment and associated field instruments certifying that the equipment is ready to be operated, is safe to operate and has been checked, inspected, calibrated, and adjusted as necessary; has been operated under maximum power variation conditions and operated satisfactorily; and is fully covered under the terms of the guarantee. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 General A. Where shown on the Drawings, specified by Special Requirements or Technical Specifications, or required by the specified equipment operation per System Operation Description Technical Specifications, the instrumentation and control components shall be as specified herein. Products not necessary for this project are identified herein as "Not Required". B. All meters, instruments, and other components shall be the most recent field proven models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawings. C. All panel mounted instruments shall have matching style and general appearance. Instruments performing similar functions shall be of the same type, model, or class, and shall be of one manufacturer. D. All outdoor instrumentation shall be suitable for operation in the ambient conditions at the equipment installation locations. Heating, cooling, and dehumidifying devices shall be incorporated with the outdoor instrumentation in order to maintain it within its rated environmental operating ranges. The 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-3 Contractor shall furnish and install all power wiring for these devices (e.g., heaters, fans, etc.). NEMA rated outdoor enclosures suitable for the environment shall be furnished. E. All instrumentation in hazardous areas shall be intrinsically safe and shall be approved for use in the particular hazardous (classified) location in which it is to be installed. F. Analog measurements and control signals shall be electrical as indicated herein, and shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable, except as noted. Electrical signals outside control board(s) shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes DC except as otherwise noted. 2.02 Control Panels Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, indoor control panels shall be NEMA Type 12 enclosures and outdoor control panels shall be NEMA Type 12 enclosures with drip shields for rain tight construction. Enclosures shall be single or double door, single or dual access as shown on the Drawings. As a minimum, each enclosure shall be furnished with interior back panels, and padlockable door handles. Free standing control panel enclosures shall be as manufactured by Hoffman, Robroy Industries, Inc., or equal and shall be securely anchored to the floor with a minimum of four stainless steel anchor bolts in each section. Free standing control panel enclosures 72" and less in height shall be provided with floor stand kits (12" height, minimum). Surface or wall mounted enclosures shall be as manufactured by Hoffman, Robroy Industries, Inc., or equal and shall be anchored to the wall with a minimum of four 3/8 inch diameter stainless steel anchor bolts. Where control panels are part of the MCC line up, they shall match the MCC equipment in height, depth, and color. 2.03 General Instrumentation Enclosure Components and Requirements A. General General electrical components shall be as shown on the Drawings and specified in the Basic Electrical Specification, Equipment Technical Specifications, System Operation Description Technical Specifications, and herein. B. Signal Isolators. Converters, and Power Supplies Signal isolators shall be furnished and installed in each measurement and control loop, wherever required to ensure adjacent component impedance match, or where feedback paths may be generated. Signal converters shall be included where required to resolve any signal level incompatibilities. Signal power supplies shall be included, as required by the manufacturer's instrument load characteristics, to ensure sufficient power to each loop component. 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-4 C. Nameplates Nameplates shall be provided for instruments, function titles for each group of instruments, and other components mounted on the panel fronts as shown on the drawings. A nameplate shall be provided for each signal transducer, signal converter, signal isolator, electronic trip, and the like, mounted inside the panel(s). These shall be descriptive, to define the function and system of such element. These nameplates shall be of the same material as those on the panel fronts. Nameplates shall be fabricated from laminated engraving plastic. Nameplates shall be fabricated from VI-LAM, Catalog No. 200, manufactured by N/P Company, or equivalent by Formica, or equal. Colors, lettering, styles, and sizes shall be as shown on the drawings or as selected by the Owner. Adhesives are not acceptable for attaching nameplates. Nameplates shall be attached with stainless steel fasteners. D. Terminal Blocks Terminal blocks shall be molded plastic with barriers and box lug terminals, and shall be rated 15 amperes at 600-Volts. White marking strips, fastened securely to the molded sections, shall be provided, and wire numbers or circuit identifications shall be marked thereon with permanent marking fluid. E. Signal and Control Circuit Wiring 1. Wire Type and Sizes Where conductors are within the control panel, they shall be flexible stranded copper machine tool wire; these shall be UL listed Type MTW and shall be rated 600-Volts minimum 14 AWG. Shielded cables shall be No. 16 AWG minimum as manufactured by Belden, Carol Cable Co., or equal. Where conductors are run to MCC sections or to field locations, they shall be minimum 12 AWG of the UL type specified on the Drawings or by the Basic Electrical Specifications. 2. Wire Insulation Colors Conductors supplying 120-Volts AC power on the line side of a disconnecting switch shall have a black insulation for the ungrounded conductor. Grounded circuit conductors shall have white insulation. Insulation for ungrounded 120-Volt AC control circuit conductors shall be red. All wires energized by a voltage source external to the Control Board(s) shall have yellow insulation. Insulation for all DC conductors shall be blue. 3. Wire Termination Conductors from field componenets or from MCC sections shall terminate in the control panels at terminal blocks. Control circuit wiring shall connect from terminal blocks to relays, controls, and programmable controllers. 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-5 4. Wire Marking Each signal, control, alarm, and indicating circuit conductor connected to a given electrical terminal point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using white numbered wire markers which shall be plastic-coated cloth, Brady Type B-500, Thomas and Betts "E-Z Code," or equal, or shall be permanently marked heat- shrink plastic. F. Forced Air Ventilation System Forced air ventilation system, thermostat controlled, shall include the following: 1. Intake Louvers Design air louver plate kits with design air filters to fit and one can of spray adhesive, or equal. Intake louvers shall be sized to provide maximum air velocity of 500 feet per minute. 2. Air Exhauster Air exhauster shall be Dayton centrifugal type suitable for 110 volt power with discharge duct and screen, or equal. Locate exhauster at top or top side of panel. Exhauster shall be sized to provide minimum of 15 air changes per hour at static pressure of 0.25 inches or that created by system, which ever is greater. 3. Thermostat Thermostat shall be line voltage Dayton attic fan type, or equal with 15°F differential to turn on at 105°F and off at 90°F. Manufacturer/supplier shall submit data to support ventilation equipment selection. 2.04 Solenoid Valves Solenoid valves shall be packless construction, two-way, three-way, or four-way as required, and shall be correctly sized for the application, unless specifically sized on the Drawings. They shall be for normally energized or de-energized operation as shown on the Drawings. Valve bodies shall be forged brass unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer for a particular application. The solenoids shall be rated for continuous operation at 115% of rated voltage. They shall be AC or DC current operated as specified or required. AC current coils shall have a shading ring. DC current operated coils shall be provided with a spark suppression device. If this device polarizes the coil, a reverse polarity protection diode shall be provided to prevent damage in the event of accidental reverse voltage application. Polarity of the coil shall 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-6 be clearly marked on the terminals. All coils shall be housed in NEMA 4 cases with provision for 1/2" electrical conduit connection. 2.05 Thermostats Thermostats shall be single stage or two stage (as required) cooling, line voltage type, 120 V with contacts rated minimum 16 amps and minimum 3°F differential and setting range SOT to 100°F. Thermostats shall be heavy duty, rated for minimum 3/4 horsepower motor starting, and shall be as manufactured by Dayton, Honeywell, or equal. 2.06 Conductance Liquid Level Measurement System Each conductance liquid level measurement system shall consist of level sensors, connection fitting, and relays as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. Contractor shall furnish and install all material and appurtenances as necessary to provide a complete liquid level measurement system. Level sensors shall be conductance type, utilizing electrodes and the conductivity of the process fluid itself to measure level. The system shall be equipped with multiple level sensing electrodes and one ground electrode. The number and lengths of level sensing electrodes shall be as shown on the Drawings. Unless specified otherwise, the electrodes shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel and shall be provided with PVC heat shrink sheathings. Each connection fitting shall be pressure-tight, and suitable for connection to the flanged top outlet of a pressure vessel. Connection fitting shall be provided with an integral epoxy coated aluminum terminal housing and 316 stainless steel electrode couplings. The number of electrode couplings shall accommodate the number of level-sensing electrodes shown on the Drawings and required grounding electrode. Connection fitting flange shall be constructed of 1018 steel, and shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 275 psig at 100°F. Contractor shall coordinate the size of the pressure vessel top outlet flange with the connection fitting flange provided by the level measurement system manufacturer. Liquid level measurement system relays shall be solid-state, plug-in modules suitable for 11-pin octal sockets. Relays shall be general purpose, single level or differential service, with DPDT dry contacts rated for 5A (minimum) at 120 VAC. Relays shall be suitable for operation on 120 VAC primary voltage with 12 VAC secondary voltage. Conductance liquid level measurement system shall be as manufactured by Warrick Controls Inc., Gems Sensors Inc., or equal. 2.07 Timers Timers for ventilation equipment shall be 0 to 24 hour type with tabs permitting 15 minute interval settings. Timers shall be 120 V, 60 Hz, single phase, with contacts rated at a minimum of 5 amps when operating control circuit for 3 phase equipment or rated to start minimum 1 horsepower motor when starting equipment motor directly. 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-7 2.08 Pressure Gauges Unless otherwise shown or specified, pressure gauges shall be weatherproof and provided with 4-1/2" dials, 1/4" threaded connections, epoxy coated aluminum cases with safety glass windows, 316 stainless steel shut-off valves, 316 stainless steel pulsation dampeners (except where diaphragm seals are required), and 316 stainless steel close nipples. Bourdon tubes, bellows or diaphragm, and socket and tip shall be 316 stainless steel. Gauges subject to shock or vibration shall be wall mounted or attached to galvanized channel floor stands and connected to equipment by flexible connectors. Gauges shall be calibrated to read in applicable units, with an accuracy of ±1%, to 150% of working pressure or vacuum of the monitored medium. Pressure gauges shall be as manufactured by Ashcroft, Marsh, U.S. Gauge, or equal. 2.09 Diaphragm Seals Where shown on the drawings or specified elsewhere, diaphragm seals shall be provided between the process medium and the pressure sensing element (e.g. gauge, transmitter, or switch). Unless otherwise specified, diaphragm seals shall have 316 stainless steel diaphragms and bottom housings. Bottom housings shall be provided with 1/4" flushing connection, 316 stainless steel shut-off valve, and 316 stainless steel close nipples. Diaphragm seals shall be as manufactured by Ashcroft, Marsh, or equal. 2.10 Pressure and Differential Pressure Switches Pressure and differential pressure switches shall utilize bourdon tubes, diaphragms, or bellows as the sensing/actuating element. Unless otherwise specified, the sensing/actuating element material shall be 316 stainless steel. The set point shall be readily field adjustable over the range specified. Switches shall have deadband adjustable up to a maximum of 100% of switch range. Switches shall be SPOT, rated for 15A at 120 VAC. Switch enclosures shall be rated NEMA 4X. Process connections shall be 1/4" or 1/2" NPT, and shall be provided with 316 stainless steel shut-off valves, 316 stainless steel pulsation dampeners (except where diaphragm seals are required), and 316 stainless steel close nipples. Pressure switches and differential pressure switches shall be as manufactured by Ashcroft, Allen-Bradley, or equal. 2.11 Pressure Transmitters Pressure transmitters shall be electronic two wire devices with the following features: adjustable span, zero and damping adjustments, integral indicator scaled in engineering units, solid state circuitry and 4-20 mA output. Accuracy shall be ±0.25% of span. Overrange capacity, without affecting calibration, shall not be less than 150% of maximum range. Process wetted materials shall be 316 stainless steel. Body material shall be 316 stainless steel. Process connections shall be 1/4" or 1/2" NPT, and shall 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-8 be provided with 316 stainless steel shut-off valves, 316 stainless steel pulsation dampeners (except where diaphragm seals are required), and 316 stainless steel close nipples. Fill fluid, unless otherwise specified, shall be silicone oil. Transmitter housing shall be epoxy coated low copper aluminum alloy and rated NEMA 4X. Pressure transmitters shall be as manufactured by Rosemount, Foxboro, or equal. 2.12 Differential Pressure Transmitters Differential pressure transmitters shall be electronic two wire devices with the following features: adjustable span, zero and damping adjustments, integral indicator scaled in engineering units, solid state circuitry and 4-20 mA output. Accuracy shall be ±0.25% of span. Overrange capacity, without affecting calibration, shall not be less than 150% of maximum range. Span shall be field adjustable over at least a 4 to 1 range. Process wetted materials shall be 316 stainless steel. Body material shall be 316 stainless steel. Process connections shall be 1/4" or 1/2" NPT. Fill fluid, unless otherwise specified, shall be silicone oil. Transmitter housing shall be epoxy coated low copper aluminum alloy and rated NEMA 4X. A three (3) valve manifold shall be provided with the transmitter. Manifold wetted surface materials shall be 316 stainless steel. Pressure transmitters shall be as manufactured by Rosemount, Foxboro, or equal. 2.13 Control Valve Limit Switches Control valve limit switch assemblies shall provide remote indication of valve opening and closing. Limit switches shall be single pole, double throw type, with weatherproof enclosures. Limit switches shall be rated 15A at 120/240 VAC. Contractor shall review each control valve installation and shall determine the necessary limit switch accessories. Contractor shall furnish and install all limit switches, and accessories necessary for a complete and operable system. Control valve limit switch assemblies shall be as manufactured by CLA-VAL Company. 2.14 Electrical Service Power Failure Protection System The electrical service power failure protection system consists of an electronic device which provides protection against three-phase electrical motor loss due to power failure conditions. Power failure conditions include: low voltage, phase loss, unbalanced voltage and phase reversal. The power failure protection device shall be Model EAC- 800 as manufactured by Watsco Components Inc., MotorSaver Model 250A as manufactured bySymCom, Inc., or equal. Contractor shall install the power failure protection system as shown on the Drawings or specified in the Technical Specifications. The protection system shall monitor electrical line side power of specified equipment or facilities. The power failure protection system shall automatically stop all electrical motors upon output relay deactivation (unstable power conditions) and shall transmit a power failure alarm signal to the local RTU (where specified). 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General The Instrumentation Subcontractor shall perform work and provide services as specified herein and per Basic Electrical Specifications. It is the general intent of this Contract that furnishing all equipment instrumentation and controls; all field wiring, conduit installation, and wiring external to the MCC, control panels and electrical equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor. It is intended that the design or the coordination of design of controls within motor control center(s) and control panels and compatibility of design with equipment and equipment systems and programming of programmable controllers and control system start-up shall be the responsibility of the Electrical and Instrumentation Subcontractors. The Instrumentation Subcontractor's attention is directed to the electrical and mechanical details of this project. Referral to these portions of the Contract Documents shall be required in order to understand the full intent and scope of work required. 3.02 Control Panel Signal And Control Circuit Wiring A. Wiring Installation All wires within control panels shall be run in plastic wireways. Wiring run from components on a swing-out panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in tied bundles. These bundles shall be tied with nylon wire ties, and shall be secured to panels at both sides of the "hinge loop" so that conductors are not strained at the terminals. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon wire ties and secured to the inside face of the panel using epoxy adhesive, T & B or Panduit. Standard adhesive mounts are not acceptable. Wiring to rear terminals on panel-mount instruments shall be run in plastic wireways secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in about the same plane as the rear of the instruments. Conformance to the above wiring installation requirements shall be reflected by details shown on the shop drawings for the Owner's review. B. Wire Marking Each signal, control, alarm, and indicating circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using white numbered wire markers which shall be plastic- coated cloth, or permanently marked heat-shrink plastic. 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-10 3.03 Installation, Calibration, Testing, Start-Up, And Instruction A. General Under the supervision of the Instrumentation Subcontractor, all systems specified herein shall be installed, connected, calibrated, tested, and started in coordination with the equipment manufacturer and the Owner. This shall include final calibration in concert with equipment specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. B. Factory Testing of Control Panels Instrumentation Subcontractor shall verify wiring continuity and panel operation by simulated inputs and outputs to assure controls are operable and meet the requirements of these Specifications. C. Manufacturer's Engineering Representative The services of manufacturer's engineering representative especially trained and experienced in the installation of the equipment shall be provided to supervise the installation, be present when the instruments and equipment are first put into operation, and inspect, check, adjust as necessary, and calibrate the instruments. All costs for representative's services shall be included in the Contract Price. D. Certify Proper Installation After all installation and connection work has been completed, the Instrumentation Subcontractor shall check it all for correctness, verifying polarity of electric power and signal connections, making sure all process connections are free of leaks, and all other similar details. The manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing to the Instrumentation Subcontractor that for each loop or system checked out, that equipment is installed properly and ready for start-up. See item 1.05D herein for Instrumentation Subcontractor's Certification. E. Calibration All instruments and systems shall be calibrated after installation, in conformance with the component manufacturer's instructions by the Instrumentation Subcontractor and manufacturer's representative. Those components having adjustable features shall be set for the specific conditions and applications of the project, and shall be within the specified limits of accuracy. Elements and equipment which cannot achieve proper calibration or accuracy, either individually or within a system, shall be replaced. F. Start-Up and Instruction When all systems have been assessed by the Contractor to have been successfully carried through complete operational tests with not less than a minimum of simulation, and the Owner concurs in this assessment, plant start-up 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-11 can follow. Fifteen days (minimum) prior to start-up, Owner's operating and maintenance personnel shall be instructed in the functions and operation of each system and shall be shown the various adjustable and set point features which may require readjustment, resetting or checking, recalibration, or maintenance by them from time to time. Instruction shall include interactions of the systems, operations, shutdowns, alarms, failure, and controls. This instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the Owner at least two weeks in advance. Instruction shall be classroom type for minimum of four hours or as required by the Special Requirements or Special Construction Provisions for instrumentation and controls. Instruction shall be given by the Instrumentation Subcontractor and other qualified persons who have been made familiar in advance with the systems in this plant. END OF SECTION 06/19/08 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL MAERKLE PUMP STATION UPGRADE CONTRACT 5009-B 17000-12 Appendix A Standard Drawings BARBED WIRE - NOTE r50 mm (2") TO TOP 45' ARM-'' CORNER OR END POST- CORNER POSTS USED WHERE FENCE LINE /CAP - NOTE 1 /JIE WIRE - NOTE 9 r vs DEFLECTION GREATER THAN 30* 300 mm 900 mm BOTTOM OF FABRIC WIRES AT 125 mm (5") OC 125 mm (5") LINE POSTS •TIE WIRE GROUND LINE (12") (8") TYPICAL FENCE \ H. m 1.50 (51) OR LESS OVER 1.50 (5') F, mm 750 (30") 900 (36") INTERMEDIATE / SLOPE POST 300 mm (12") LINE- POST LINE POST TENSION BAR TEEL BAND OTE 8 SIGN ROD WITH TRUSS TIGHTENER INTERMEDIATE POSTS USED AT 90 m (300') MAX O.C. SLOPE POSTS USED AT GRADE CHANGES > 5%. 900 mm (36") 300 mm f12"1 INTERMEDIATE / SLOPE POST FOR WALL THICKNESS LESS THAN 200 mm (8"), INSTALL FENCE OUTSIDE WALL ALTERNATE TOP OF WALL -NOTE 7/TOP OF WALL SEE EMBEDMENT DETAIL SHEET 2 HEADWALL FENCE - USE PIPE RAIL NOTE 6 J HEADWALL ."tr;•}.s\r V* ' "t-5'6"mm' (2") TO BOHOM OF FABRIC CHANNEL WALL AND WINGWALL AT HEADWALL STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PROMULGATED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS IMC CREENBOOK COUUTIEE 1984 REV. 1B88. ZOOS CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES USE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STAN»PLAN 600-2 SHEET 1 OF 3 BARBED WIRE - NOTE 4 .T45' ARM END POST GATE FABRIC SAME AS FENCE FABRICwxy WIDTH 3.6 m (12') TO 10.8 m (36') TENSION ROD & TIGHTENER f-PIPE STIFFENER 2.4 m (81) MAX O.C. v WALK GATE 100 mm (4") PLUNGER CUP IN 0.03 m3 (1 CF) PCC POST OD + 200 mm (8") DRIVE GATE NON-SHRINK" GROUT<?^ 100 mm (4") 'PIPE POST I •10 mm (3/8") PLATE 300 mm (12") FOR LINE POSTS. ELSE 450 mm (18") 3 mm (1/8") GUSSET 50 mm (2")100 mm 10 50 mm (2") R- J5_mm (1") GREATER THAN PIPE OD POST EMBEDMENT TENSION BAR 125 mm x 125 mm (5" x 5") -TIE WIRE 3 mm (1/8") CHAIN AND LOCK CUT-OUT #15M RE-BAR x 300 mm (#5 x 12") PLUNGER CUP 3 mm (1/8") STL PLATE ISOMETRIC STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES STANDARD PLAN METRIC 600-2 SHEET 2 OF 3 NOTES: 1. SECURE DRIVE-FIT GALVANIZED CAP TO POST WITH 6 mm (1/4") ROUND- HEAD RIVET. 2. H DENOTES FABRIC WIDTH AND NOMINAL FENCE HEIGHT. H = 1.5 m (51) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. IF FENCE WITH TOP RAIL IS SPECIFIED. DELETE STEEL TENSION WIRE AT TOP, AND PIPE RAILS AT INTERMEDIATE, SLOPE. END AND CORNER POSTS. EXTEND TENSION ROD TO TOP RAIL. 4. BARBED WIRE SHALL BE USED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED. 5. POST SPACING IS MAXIMUM 3.0 m (10'). 6. FILL CLEAR OPENINGS GREATER THAN 75 mm (3") WITH FABRIC. FOR OPENINGS LESS THAN 450 mm (18"), TIE FABRIC TO POSTS. 7. USE ONE POST FOR COMBINED SLOPE AND CORNER POST IF TOP OF CHANNEL WALL IS CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN FOR "ALTERNATE". 8. STEEL BANDS AT TENSION BARS SHALL BE 3 mm X 25 mm (1/8" x 1"), MINIMUM, SPACED AT MAXIMUM 400 mm (16"). 9. SECURE TENSION WIRES TO EACH LINE POST WITH TIE WIRES. STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES STANDARD PLAN METRIC 600-2 SHEET 3 OF 3